PHP 8 YBZKw

CTET 2024
Question Paper
paper ii set m (english hindi)
This content is not created or owned by Info Edge (India) Limited

Main Test Booklet No. / ◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥ÅÿÊ
This booklet contains 80 Printed pages.
ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ 80 ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ¬Îc∆U „Ò¥– SAS-24-II
PAPER-II / ¬˝‡Ÿ-¬òÊ-II
MAIN TEST BOOKLET / ◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê
Do not open this Test Booklet until you are asked to do so. Main Test Booklet Code / ◊ÈÅÿ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U
ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê Ã’ Ã∑§ Ÿ πÊ‹¥ ¡’ Ã∑§ ∑§„Ê Ÿ ¡Ê∞–
Read carefully the Instructions on the Back Cover of this Test Booklet.
ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ Á¬¿U‹ •Êfl⁄UáÊ ¬⁄U ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥–
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CANDIDATES
M
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê
1. The OMR Answer Sheet is inside this Test Booklet. When you are directed 1. OMR ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§ •ãŒ⁄U ⁄UπÊ „Ò– ¡’ •Ê¬∑§Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ
to open the Test Booklet, take out the Answer Sheet and fill in the particulars ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê πÊ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§„Ê ¡Ê∞, ÃÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹ ∑§⁄U ¬Îc∆U-1 ∞fl¥ ¬Îc∆-U2 ¬⁄U
on Side-1 and Side-2 carefully with blue/black ball point pen only. äÿÊŸ ‚ ∑§fl‹ ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ ¬ÊÚß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ‚ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ÷⁄¥U–
2. The test is of 2½ hours duration and consists of 150 questions. There is no 2. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§Ë •flÁœ 2½ ÉÊ¥≈ „Ò¥ ∞fl¥ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ◊¥ 150 ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥– ∑§Êß¸ ´§áÊÊà◊∑§
negative marking. •¥∑§Ÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
3. Use Blue/Black Ball Point Pen only for writing particulars on this page/ 3. ß‚ ¬Îc∆U ¬⁄U Áflfl⁄UáÊ •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ ‹ªÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
marking responses in the Answer Sheet. ∑§fl‹ ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ ¬ÊÚß¥≈U ¬Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U–
4. The CODE for this Booklet is M. Make sure that the CODE printed on 4. ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U M „Ò– ÿ„ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U ‹¥ Á∑§ ß‚ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê
Side-2 of the Answer Sheet is the same as that on this Booklet. Also ensure
that your Test Booklet No. and Answer Sheet No. are the same. In case of
∑§Ê«U, ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U-2 ¬⁄U ¿U¬ ∑§Ê«U ‚ Á◊‹ÃÊ „Ò– ÿ„ ÷Ë ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄U
discrepancy, the candidate should immediately report the matter to the ‹¥ Á∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ‚¥ÅÿÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ Á◊‹Ã „Ò¥– •ª⁄U ÿ„ Á÷ÛÊ
Invigilator for replacement of both the Test Booklet and the Answer Sheet. „Ê¥ ÃÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‹Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§
5. This Test Booklet has five Parts, I, II, III, IV and V, consisting of 150 ∑§Ê ÃÈ⁄UãÃ •flªÃ ∑§⁄UÊ∞°–
Objective Type Questions and each carries 1 mark : 5. ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ¬Ê°ø ÷Êª I, II, III, IV •ÊÒ⁄U V „Ò¥, Á¡Ÿ◊¥ 150 flSÃÈÁŸc∆U
Part-I : Child Development and Pedagogy (Q.Nos. 1-30) ¬˝‡Ÿ „Ò¥, ÃÕÊ ¬˝àÿ∑§ 1 •¥∑§ ∑§Ê „Ò —
Part-II : Mathematics and Science (Q.Nos. 31-90) ÷Êª-I : ’Ê‹ Áfl∑§Ê‚ fl Á‡ÊˇÊÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. 1-30)
Part-III : Social Studies/Social Science (Q.Nos. 31-90) ÷Êª-II : ªÁáÊÃ fl ÁflôÊÊŸ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. 31-90)
Part-IV : Language-I (English/Hindi) (Q.Nos. 91-120) ÷Êª-III : ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ/‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. 31-90)
Part-V : Language-II (English/Hindi) (Q.Nos. 121-150) ÷Êª-IV : ÷Ê·Ê-I (•¥ª˝$¡Ë/Á„ãŒË) (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. 91-120)
6. Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part-II (Mathematics ÷Êª-V : ÷Ê·Ê-II (•¥ª˝$¡Ë/Á„ãŒË) (¬˝‡Ÿ ‚¥. 121-150)
and Science) OR from Part-III (Social Studies/Social Science) as filled by 6. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ 31 ‚ 90 ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷Êª-II (ªÁáÊÃ fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷Êª-III
the candidates in their online application form. (‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ/‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥– ¡Ò‚Ê Á∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ Ÿ
7. Part-IV contains 30 questions for Language-I and Part-V contains 30 questions •¬Ÿ •ÊÚŸ‹ÊßŸ •ÊflŒŸ ¬òÊ ◊¥ ÷⁄UÊ „Ò¥–
for Language-II. In this Test Booklet, only questions pertaining to English 7. ÷Êª-IV ◊¥ ÷Ê·Ê-I ∑§ Á‹∞ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Êª-V ◊¥ ÷Ê·Ê-II ∑§ Á‹∞ 30 ¬˝‡Ÿ
and Hindi language have been given. In case the language/s you have ÁŒ∞ ª∞ „Ò¥– ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ∑§fl‹ •¥ª˝$¡Ë fl Á„ãŒË ÷Ê·Ê ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ
opted for as Language-I and/or Language-II is a language other than ¬˝‡Ÿ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ „Ò¥– ÿÁŒ ÷Ê·Ê-I •ÊÒ⁄U/ÿÊ ÷Ê·Ê-II ◊¥ •Ê¬∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ øÈŸË ªß¸
English or Hindi, please ask for a Supplement (Language) Test
÷Ê·Ê(∞°) •¥ª˝$¡Ë ÿÊ Á„ãŒË ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ „Ò/„Ò¥ ÃÊ ∑Î§¬ÿÊ M ∑§Ê«U flÊ‹Ë ©‚ ÷Ê·Ê
Booklet of M Code that contains questions on that language. The
languages being answered must tally with the languages opted for
flÊ‹Ë ¬Á⁄UÁ‡Êc≈U (÷Ê·Ê) ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊Ê°ª ‹ËÁ¡∞– Á¡Ÿ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§
in your Application Form. No change in languages is allowed. ©ûÊ⁄U •Ê¬ Œ ⁄U„ „Ò¥ fl„ •ÊflŒŸ ¬òÊ ◊¥ øÈŸË ªß¸ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ‚ •fl‡ÿ ◊‹ πÊŸË
8. Candidates are required to attempt questions in Language-II øÊÁ„∞– ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ •ŸÈ◊ãÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(Part-V) in a language other than the one chosen as Language-I 8. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ÷Ê·Ê-II (÷Êª-V) ∑§ Á‹∞, ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍøË ‚ ∞‚Ë ÷Ê·Ê øÈŸ¥ ¡Ê ©Ÿ∑§
(Part-IV) from the list of languages. mÊ⁄UÊ ÷Ê·Ê-I (÷Êª-IV) ◊¥ øÈŸË ªß¸ ÷Ê·Ê ‚ Á÷ÛÊ „Ê–
9. Rough work should be done only in the space provided in the Test Booklet 9. ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ŒË ªß¸ πÊ‹Ë ¡ª„ ¬⁄U „Ë
for the same. ∑§⁄¥U–
10. The answers are to be recorded on the OMR Answer Sheet only. Mark 10. ‚÷Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§fl‹ OMR ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ¬⁄U „Ë •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄¥U– •¬Ÿ ©ûÊ⁄U äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§
your responses carefully. No whitener is allowed for changing answers. •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄¥U– ©ûÊ⁄U ’Œ‹Ÿ „ÃÈ ‡flÃ ⁄¥U¡∑§ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ÁŸÁ·h „Ò–
11. In case of any discrepancy in the English and Hindi versions of questions/ 11. ÿÁŒ •¥ª˝$¡Ë •ÊÒ⁄U Á„ãŒË ‚¥S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥/©ûÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥ ∑§Êß¸ Áfl‚¥ªÁÃ „Ê ÃÊ
answers, English version will be taken as final. •¥ª˝$¡Ë ‚¥S∑§⁄UáÊ •¥ÁÃ◊ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÿªÊ–
Name of the Candidate (in Capital Letters) : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥) —
Roll Number (•ŸÈ∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§) — in figures (•¥∑§Ê¥ ◊)¥ ________________________________________________________________________________________________
— in words (‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊)¥ ________________________________________________________________________________________________
Centre of Examination (in Capital Letters) : _____________________________________________________________________________________________________
¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§ãŒ˝ (’«∏ •ˇÊ⁄UÊ¥ ◊¥) —
Candidate’s Signature : _______________________________________________ Invigilator’s Signature : _________________________________________________
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U — ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§ „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U —
Facsimile signature stamp of Centre Superintendent : ____________________________________________________________________________________________
!SAS-24-II!
PART - I / ÷Êª - I
CHILD DEVELOPMENT AND PEDAGOGY / ’Ê‹ Áfl∑§Ê‚ fl Á‡ÊˇÊÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ
Direction : Answer the following questions (Q. Nos. 1 to 30) by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.
ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ (¬˝. ‚¥ÅÿÊ 1 ‚ 30) ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞–
1. According to Vygotsky, what is the role of the teacher in facilitating cognitive development ?
(1) To provide information and knowledge to the student.
(2) To guide and support the student’s learning through scaffolding.
(3) To allow the student to learn completely independently.
(4) To give only those tasks that the student can currently do independently.
flÿªÊàS∑§Ë ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U, ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê ‚Èª◊ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ë ÄÿÊ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê „Ò?
(1) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË •ÊÒ⁄U ôÊÊŸ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(2) •Ê‹ê’Ÿ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ê ◊Êª¸Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊Õ¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(3) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ¬Í⁄UË Ã⁄U„ ‚ SflÃ¥òÊ M§¬ ‚ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ ŒŸÊ–
(4) ∑§fl‹ ©ã„Ë¥ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ê ŒŸÊ ¡Ê ÁfllÊÕË¸ flÃ¸◊ÊŸ ◊¥ SflÃ¥òÊ M§¬ ‚ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
2. Which of the following statements about adolescence is not correct ?

(1) Adolescence is a social construction.
(2) Adolescence is generally considered to begin with puberty - the process that leads to sexual
maturity and the ability to reproduce.
(3) Adolescence is developmental transition between childhood and adulthood entailing physical,
cognitive and psychosocial changes.
(4) Children across different cultures usher in and experience adolescence in a similar manner.
Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ∞∑§ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ⁄UøŸÊ „Ò–
(2) Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ∑§Ê •Ê◊ÃÊÒ⁄U ¬⁄U ÿÊÒflŸ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ◊ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò - ÿ„ ∞∑§ ∞‚Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò ¡Ê ÿÊÒŸ ¬Á⁄U¬ÄflÃÊ
•ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÈŸL§à¬ÊŒŸ ∑§Ë ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ‹ ¡ÊÃË „Ò–
(3) Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ’ø¬Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U flÿS∑§ÃÊ ∑§ ’Ëø Áfl∑§Ê‚Êà◊∑§ ‚¥∑˝§◊áÊ „Ò Á¡‚◊¥ ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§, ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ŸÊ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§
¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(4) ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ‚¥S∑Î§ÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’ìÊ ∞∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ß‚ •ŸÈ÷fl ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
3. Sujata participates eagerly in the dance competition only because she is interested in winning the
first prize of cash. Sujata is :
(1) Intrinsically motivated (2) Extrinsically motivated
(3) Mastery-Oriented learner (4) Failure-avoiding learner
‚È¡ÊÃÊ ŸÎàÿ ¬˝ÁÃÿÊÁªÃÊ ◊¥ ∑§fl‹ ß‚Á‹∞ ©à‚È∑§ÃÊ ‚ ÷Êª ‹ÃË „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ fl„ Ÿ∑§Œ ∑§Ê ¬˝Õ◊ ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄U ¡ËÃŸ ◊¥ L§Áø ⁄UπÃË
„Ò– ‚È¡ÊÃÊ -
(1) •Ê¥ÃÁ⁄U∑§ M§¬ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ „Ò– (2) ’Ê„⁄UË M§¬ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ „Ò–
(3) ◊„Ê⁄UÃ ©ã◊Èπ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ „Ò– (4) •‚»§‹ÃÊ ¬Á⁄U„Ê⁄U Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ „Ò–
P-II !SAS-24-II! 2 M
4. In order to address the individual differences among learners, a teacher should :
(1) acknowledge differences as abnormal and kind of deficit
(2) be indifferent towards individual differences
(3) consider differences as obvious feature of human diversity
(4) implement a rigid and uniform curriculum for all learners
Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø √ÿÁÄÃªÃ Á÷ÛÊÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥’ÊÁœÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê —
(1) ◊Ã÷ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê •‚Ê◊Êãÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ∞∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ∑§◊Ë ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ SflË∑§Ê⁄U ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞
(2) √ÿÁÄÃªÃ Á÷ÛÊÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê Ÿ$¡⁄U-•¥ŒÊ$¡ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞
(3) Á÷ÛÊÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸfl ÁflÁflœÃÊ ∑§Ë ¬˝àÿˇÊ Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊ÊŸŸÊ øÊÁ„∞
(4) ‚÷Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ •Ÿêÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊ÊŸ ¬Ê∆˜Uÿ∑˝§◊ ‹ÊªÍ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞
5. Jean Piaget believed that knowledge is :

(1) constructed by the child rather than being passed passively from the environment.
(2) innate and given rather than acquired through interactions.
(3) co-constructed in interactions with more knowledgeable others.
(4) a visible behavioural change that can be measured with reliability.
¡ËŸ Á¬ÿÊ¡ ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸŸÊ ÕÊ Á∑§ ôÊÊŸ „Ò —
(1) ¬ÿÊ¸fl⁄UáÊ ‚ ÁŸÁc∑˝§ÿ M§¬ ‚ ¬ÊÁ⁄UÃ „ÊŸ ∑§ ’¡Êÿ ’ìÊ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÁ◊¸Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) •¥Ã—Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ’¡Êÿ ¡ã◊¡ÊÃ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŒÿÊ „È•Ê „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) •Áœ∑§ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄U •ãÿ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’ÊÃøËÃ ‚ ‚„-ÁŸÁ◊¸Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ∞∑§ ŒÎ‡ÿ √ÿfl„Ê⁄U ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ „Ò Á¡‚ Áfl‡fl‚ŸËÿÃÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ◊Ê¬Ê ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
6. In a progressive classroom assessment is :

(1) Dynamic (2) Objective (3) Summative (4) Normative
∞∑§ ¬˝ªÁÃ‡ÊË‹ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ _______
(1) ªÁÃ‡ÊË‹ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– (2) flSÃÈÁŸc∆U „ÊÃÊ „Ò– (3) ÿÊªÊà◊∑§ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– (4) ◊ÊŸ∑§ ‚¥ŒÁ÷¸Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
7. Which of the following process is essential in meaning-making of the information received from
environment and store it further in memory ?
(1) Attention (2) Decay (3) Forgetting (4) Retrieval
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊ ‚ ¬˝Ê# ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ∑§ •Õ¸-ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ß‚ S◊ÎÁÃ ◊¥ •Êª ‚¥ª˝„ËÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
•Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò?
(1) äÿÊŸ ŒŸÊ (2) ˇÊÿ „ÊŸÊ (3) ÷Í‹ŸÊ (4) ¬ÈŸ¬˝Ê¸Á#
8. Which of the following is an example of a question that requires students to analyze information ?
(1) What is the plot of the novel “To Kill a Mockingbird” ?
(2) What is the theme of the novel “To Kill a Mockingbird”?
(3) How does the author use symbolism in “To Kill a Mockingbird”?
(4) Who is the protagonist of “To Kill a Mockingbird”?
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞∑§ ∞‚ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ „Ò Á¡‚◊¥ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ∑§Ê Áfl‡‹·áÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË
„Ò?
(1) ““≈ÍU Á∑§‹ ∞ ◊ÊÚÁ∑¥§ª’«¸U”” ©¬ãÿÊ‚ ∑§Ê ∑§ÕÊŸ∑§ ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(2) ““≈ÍU Á∑§‹ ∞ ◊ÊÚÁ∑¥§ª’«¸U”” ©¬ãÿÊ‚ ∑§Ê Áfl·ÿ ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(3) ““≈ÍU Á∑§‹ ∞ ◊ÊÚÁ∑¥§ª’«¸U”” ◊¥ ‹π∑§ ¬˝ÃË∑§flÊŒ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑Ò§‚ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥?
(4) ““≈ÍU Á∑§‹ ∞ ◊ÊÚÁ∑¥§ª’«¸U”” ∑§Ê ŸÊÿ∑§ ∑§ÊÒŸ „Ò?
9. Assertion (A) :
Teachers should constantly reflect on their own stereotypes and bias.
Reason (R) :
Culturally responsive teaching means that teachers are reflective.
Choose the correct option :
(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(3) (A) is true but (R) is false.
(4) Both (A) and (R) are false.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸ⁄¥UÃ⁄U •¬Ÿ Sflÿ¥ ∑§ M§Á…∏flÊÁŒÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÍflÊ¸ª˝„Ê¥ ¬⁄U Áø¥ÃŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
‚Ê¥S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ M§¬ ‚ ©ûÊ⁄UŒÊÿË Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê •Õ¸ „Ò Á∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ‡ÊË‹ „Ê–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ‹Á∑§ŸU (A) ∑§Ë (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
10. The central argument of Carol Gilligan’s critique of Kohlberg’s theory of moral development is
around :
(1) Ethics of care and the feminist perspective.
(2) Overestimation of children’s moral abilities.
(3) Use of experimental design in studying children.
(4) Educational implications of the study for school going children.
∑§Ê„‹’ª¸ ∑§ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§ Á‚hÊ¥Ã ∑§Ë ∑Ò§⁄UÊ‹ ÁªÁ‹ªŸ ∑§Ë •Ê‹ÊøŸÊ ∑§Ê ∑¥§Œ˝Ëÿ Ã∑¸§ „Ò —
(1) Œπ÷Ê‹ ∑§Ë ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŸÊ⁄UËflÊŒË ŒÎÁC∑§ÊáÊ–
(2) ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë ŸÒÁÃ∑§ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§ •Ê¥∑§ŸÊ–
(3) ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§ •äÿÿŸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊÿÊÁª∑§ ‡ÊÊœ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª–
(4) S∑Í§‹ ¡ÊŸ flÊ‹ ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ •äÿÿŸ ∑§ ‡ÊÒÁˇÊ∑§ ÁŸÁ„ÃÊÕ¸–
11. Assertion (A) :

Learning from real-life problems and concrete experiences gives the children multiple pathways
for learning and retrieving information.
Reason (R) :
Development is relatively orderly and sequential.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ¡ËflŸ ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÍÃ¸ •ŸÈ÷flÊ¥ ‚ ‚ËπŸ ‚ ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê •Áœª◊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§ß¸ ⁄UÊSÃ
Á◊‹Ã „Ò¥–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
Áfl∑§Ê‚ •¬ˇÊÊ∑Î§Ã √ÿflÁSÕÃ •ÊÒ⁄U •ŸÈ∑˝§Á◊∑§ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
12. Dyslexia is a _________ condition which impacts learner’s ability to ________.
(1) emotional, draw pictures
(2) neurological, link sounds with symbols
(3) physiological, socialize with peers
(4) sensory, coordinate body movements
•¬¬∆UŸ flÒ∑§Àÿ/Á«US‹ÁÄ‚ÿÊ ∞∑§ _______ ÁSÕÁÃ „Ò ¡Ê Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§Ë _______ ∑§Ë ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝÷ÊÁflÃ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò–
(1) ÷ÊflŸÊà◊∑§, ÁøòÊ ’ŸÊŸ
(2) Ã¥ÁòÊ∑§Ëÿ/ãÿÍ⁄UÊ‹ÊÚÁ¡∑§‹, äflÁŸÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÃË∑§Ê¥ Áøã„Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ¡Ê«∏Ÿ
(3) ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§, ‚ÊÁÕÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚Ê◊Ê¡Ë∑§⁄UáÊ
(4) ‚¥flŒË, ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§ ªÁÃÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚◊ãflÿ
13. A middle school teacher wants to enable meaningful learning by helping students make connections
between concepts and real-world applications. Which of the following activities would be an
appropriate pedagogical strategy ?
(1) Let the students memorize terms and definitions.
(2) Let the students complete worksheets with multiple choice questions.
(3) Let the students learn by the method of stimulus-response conditioning.
(4) Let the students research on a current issue in small groups and present their findings to the
class.
∞∑§ ◊ÊäÿÁ◊∑§ S∑Í§‹ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊ•Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ŒÈÁŸÿÊ ∑§ •ŸÈ¬˝ÿÊªÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ëø ‚¥’¥œ ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄U∑§
‚ÊÕ¸∑§ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ê ‚ˇÊ◊ ’ŸÊŸÊ øÊ„ÃÊ „Ò– ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∞∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ „ÊªË?
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸÿ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê∞° ÿÊŒ ∑§⁄UŸ Œ¥–
(2) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ’„ÈÁfl∑§À¬Ëÿ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ flÊ‹Ë ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬òÊ∑§ ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ∑§„¥–
(3) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©gË¬∑§-¬˝ÁÃÁ∑˝§ÿÊ •ŸÈ’¥œŸ ∑§Ë ÁflÁœ mÊ⁄UÊ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ê ∑§„¥–
(4) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ≈U ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ◊¥ flÃ¸◊ÊŸ ◊Èg ¬⁄U ‡ÊÊœ ∑§⁄UŸ Œ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U •¬Ÿ ÁŸc∑§·¸ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄¥U–
14. In which stage of Kohlberg’s moral development do children’s reasoning revolve around ethics of
law ?
(1) Pre-conventional morality (2) Conventional morality
(3) Heteronomous morality (4) Autonomous morality
∑§Ê„‹’ª¸ ∑§ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ë Á∑§‚ •flSÕÊ ◊¥ ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê Ã∑¸§ ∑§ÊŸÍŸ ∑§Ë ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ ∑§ ßŒ¸-ÁªŒ¸ ÉÊÍ◊ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ¬Ífl¸-¬Ê⁄¥U¬Á⁄U∑§ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ (2) ¬Ê⁄¥U¬Á⁄U∑§ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ
(3) Áfl·◊ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ (4) SflÊÿûÊ ŸÒÁÃ∑§ÃÊ
15. Which of the following does not exemplify an inclusive classroom ?
(1) Incorporation of diverse perspectives
(2) Following reasonable accommodation
(3) Offering differentiated instruction
(4) Encouraging competitive ethos
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ∞∑§ ‚◊Êfl‡ÊË ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ÁflÁflœ ŒÎÁC∑§ÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Êfl‡Ê
(2) ©ÁøÃ ‚◊Êfl‡ÊŸ ∑§Ê ¬Ê‹Ÿ
(3) Áfl÷ÁŒÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê ŒŸÊ
(4) ¬˝ÁÃS¬œË¸ ‹Ê∑§ÊøÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
16. Work in progress Portfolios are an effective tool for formative assessment because :
(a) They involve students in the process of assessment.
(b) They offer insights about the progress of individual students.
(c) They focus mainly in the presentation of the final product.
(d) They offer tangible evidence of student learning.
(1) (b), (c) (2) (a), (d) (3) (a), (b), (c) (4) (a), (b), (d)
⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ë ¬˝ªÁÃ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸Ã ¬Ê≈¸U»§ÊÁ‹ÿÊ ∞∑§ ¬˝÷ÊflË ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ -
(a) fl ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ◊¥ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(b) fl √ÿÁQ§ªÃ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬˝ªÁÃ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ •¥ÃŒ¸ÎÁC ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(c) fl ◊ÈÅÿ M§¬ ‚ •¥ÁÃ◊ ©à¬ÊŒ ∑§Ë ¬˝SÃÈÈÁÃ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(d) fl ¿UÊòÊ •Áœª◊ ∑§ ∆UÊ‚ ‚’ÍÃ ¬‡Ê ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(1) (b), (c) (2) (a), (d) (3) (a), (b), (c) (4) (a), (b), (d)
17. Which of the following describes a mastery goal orientation ?

(1) focus on achieving a certain level of performance for competing with others.
(2) focus on improving ones’ skills and understanding of a task.
(3) focus on achieving a high grade for receiving external rewards.
(4) focus on avoiding failure or punishment for fear of humiliation.
ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∞∑§ ◊„Ê⁄UÃ ‹ˇÿ •Á÷ÁflãÿÊ‚ ∑§Ê fláÊ¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ¬˝ÁÃS¬œÊ¸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ ÁŸÁ‡øÃ SÃ⁄U ∑§ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ŒŸÊ–
(2) Á∑§‚Ë ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •¬ŸË ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊¤Ê ∑§Ê ‚ÈœÊ⁄UŸ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ŒŸÊ–
(3) ’Ê„⁄UË ¬È⁄US∑§Ê⁄U ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©ìÊ ª˝«U ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ŒŸÊ–
(4) •¬◊ÊŸ ∑§ «U⁄U ‚ •‚»§‹ÃÊ ÿÊ ‚¡Ê ‚ ’øŸ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ŒŸÊ–
18. Which of the following best describes the role of the teacher in progressive education ?
(1) The teacher is the primary source of knowledge and authority in the classroom.
(2) The teacher provides diverse materials for children to experiment and provides scaffolding
as and when required.
(3) The teacher is responsible for ensuring strict adherence to curriculum standards.
(4) The teacher lets the children learn independently and does not interfere in their learning.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ¬˝ªÁÃ‡ÊË‹ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‚’‚ •ë¿UÊ fláÊ¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(1) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ôÊÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝ÊÁœ∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ dÊÃ „Ò–
(2) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁflÁflœ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ ¬«∏Ÿ ¬⁄U •Ê‹ê’Ÿ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ
„Ò–
(3) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ¬Ê∆KøÿÊ¸ ◊ÊŸ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∑§«∏Êß¸ ‚ ¬Ê‹Ÿ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á¡ê◊ŒÊ⁄U „Ò–
(4) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ’ìÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê SflÃ¥òÊ M§¬ ‚ ‚ËπŸ ŒÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§ ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ „SÃˇÊ¬ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
19. Asking Critical questions such as “how much and in what ways are various gender represented in
textbooks and media” would encourage :
(1) Questioning gender stereotypes (2) Strengthening gender constancy
(3) Reinforcing gender identity (4) Discouraging gender role flexibility
““¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ËÁ«UÿÊ ◊¥ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ¡¥«U⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃÁŸÁœàfl Á∑§ÃŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Á∑§‚ Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò”” ¡Ò‚ ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ¬˝‡Ÿ
¬Í¿UŸ ‚ Á∑§‚∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚Ê„Ÿ Á◊‹ªÊ?
(1) ¡¥«U⁄U M§Á…∏ÿÊ¥ ¬⁄U ‚flÊ‹ ©∆UÊŸÊ (2) ¡¥«U⁄U ÁSÕ⁄UÃÊ ∑§Ê ◊¡’ÍÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ¡¥«U⁄U ¬„øÊŸ ∑§Ê ◊¡’ÍÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ (4) ¡¥«U⁄U ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ∑§Ë ŸêÿÃÊ ∑§ „ÃÊà‚ÊÁ„Ã ∑§Ê
20. According to Jean Piaget the ability to use symbols for symbols such as letting the letter X stand for
an unknown numeral develops during __________ and enables the children to learn _________.
(1) concrete operational stage; algebra and calculus
(2) concrete operational stage; conservation and seriation
(3) formal operational stage; algebra and calculus
(4) formal operational stage; conservation and seriation
¡ËŸ Á¬ÿÊ¡ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U Áøã„Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Áøã„Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ¡Ò‚ Á∑§ •ˇÊ⁄U X ∑§Ê •ôÊÊÃ •¥∑§ ∑§ Á‹∞ ◊ÊŸŸ ∑§Ë
ˇÊ◊ÃÊ __________ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã „ÊÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê __________ ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ ‚ˇÊ◊ ’ŸÊÃË „Ò–
(1) ◊ÍÃ¸ ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ •flSÕÊ; ’Ë¡ªÁáÊÃ •ÊÒ⁄U ªáÊŸÊ
(2) ◊ÍÃ¸ ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ •flSÕÊ; ‚¥⁄UˇÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑˝§◊’hÃÊ
(3) •ÊÒ¬øÊÁ⁄U∑§ ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ •flSÕÊ; ’Ë¡ªÁáÊÃ •ÊÒ⁄U ªáÊŸÊ
(4) •ÊÒ¬øÊÁ⁄U∑§ ‚¥Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ •flSÕÊ; ‚¥⁄UˇÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑˝§◊’hÃÊ
21. Alok shows the following behaviours : Holds head in an awkward position when reading; squinting
and rubbing the eye frequently; redness/swelling of eyes; confusing letters. These can be symptoms
of potential :
(1) Visual problems (2) Language comprehension problems
(3) Autistic spectrum disorder (4) Communication disorder
•Ê‹Ê∑§ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ √ÿfl„Ê⁄U ÁŒπÊÃÊ „Ò — ¬…∏Ã ‚◊ÿ Á‚⁄U ∑§Ê •¡Ë’ ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ¬∑§«∏ŸÊ; •Ê°π ∑§Ê ’Ê⁄U-’Ê⁄U ◊Í¥ŒŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U
⁄Uª«∏ŸÊ; •Ê°πÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‹Ê‹Ë/‚Í¡Ÿ; •ˇÊ⁄ ¬„øÊŸ ◊¥ ÷˝Á◊Ã „ÊŸÊU– ÿ„ Á∑§‚∑§ ‚¥÷ÊÁflÃ ‹ˇÊáÊ „Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥?
(1) ŒÎÁC ‚¥’¥œË ‚◊SÿÊ∞° (2) ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ë ‚◊¤Ê ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ
(3) Sfl‹ËŸÃÊ Áfl∑§Ê⁄U (4) ‚¥øÊ⁄U ‚¥’¥œË Áfl∑§Ê⁄U
22. Assertion (A) :

In an inclusive classroom, adaptations should be made in learning goals, pedagogical strategies as
well as assessment.
Reason (R) :
The philosophy of inclusion advocates elimination of all individual differences through pedagogical
approaches and assessment.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
∞∑§ ‚◊Êfl‡ÊË ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥, ‚ËπŸ ∑§ ‹ˇÿÊ¥, ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-‚ÊÕ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ◊¥ •ŸÈ∑Í§‹Ÿ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
‚◊Êfl‡ÊŸ ∑§Ê Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ŒÎÁC∑§ÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ‚÷Ë √ÿÁÄÃªÃ ◊Ã÷ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Ê# ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë fl∑§Ê‹Ã
∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
23. According to Lev-Vygotsky children benefit from the experience of interacting with __________
while working _______ their zone of proximal development.
(1) more knowledgeable others; within
(2) more knowledgeable others; just outside
(3) the physical environment; within
(4) the physical environment; just outside
‹fl-flÊÿªÊàS∑§Ë ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ’ìÊ _______ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •¥Ã—Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ •ŸÈ÷fl ‚ ‹Ê÷ÊÁãflÃ „ÊÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ê ∑§⁄U ¬ÊÃ
„Ò¥ ¡Ê ©Ÿ∑§ ‚◊Ë¬ŒÈ⁄UÊÁ÷◊Èπ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ ∑§ _______ „Ò¥–
(1) •Áœ∑§ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄U •ãÿ; •¥Œ⁄U
(2) •Áœ∑§ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄U •ãÿ; ’‚ ’Ê„⁄U
(3) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊ; •¥Œ⁄U
(4) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ flÊÃÊfl⁄UáÊ; ’‚ ’Ê„⁄U
24. A teacher notices that one of her students is highly distractible and has trouble paying attention
during class. Which of the following strategies would is an effective strategy in helping the student
stay focused ?
(1) Giving the student repeated tasks to do during class.
(2) Strictly telling the student to increase their attention span.
(3) Giving a timer to student for self-regulation and time-management.
(4) Calling the parents and taking strict disciplinary action against the student.
∞∑§ Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê Ÿ ŸÊÁ≈U‚ Á∑§ÿÊ Á∑§ ©‚∑§Ê ∞∑§ ¿UÊòÊ •àÿÁœ∑§ ÁfløÁ‹Ã „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚ ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ äÿÊŸ ŒŸ ◊¥ ¬⁄U‡ÊÊŸË „ÊÃË
„Ò– ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã ⁄U„Ÿ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∞∑§ ¬˝÷ÊflË ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ „ÊªË?
(1) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ’Ê⁄U-’Ê⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§Êÿ¸ ŒŸÊ–
(2) ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ‚ÅÃË ‚ •¬ŸÊ •flœÊŸ •flÁœ ’…∏ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ŸÊ–
(3) Sfl-ÁŸÿ◊Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊ÿ-¬˝’¥œŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§Ê ≈UÊß◊⁄U ŒŸÊ–
(4) ◊ÊÃÊ-Á¬ÃÊ ∑§Ê ’È‹Ê∑§⁄U ¿UÊòÊ ∑§ Áπ‹Ê»§ ‚ÅÃ •ŸÈ‡ÊÊ‚ŸÊà◊∑§ ∑§Ê⁄¸UflÊß¸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
25. Assertion (A) :

Students are more likely to do well and stay in school if they have emotional attachment to their
school and believe that they matter.
Reason (R) :
Emotions play a significant role in learning.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ •ë¿UÊ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ •ÊÒ⁄U S∑Í§‹ ◊¥ ’Ÿ ⁄U„Ÿ ∑§Ë •Áœ∑§ ‚¥÷ÊflŸÊ „Ò ÿÁŒ ©Ÿ∑§Ê •¬Ÿ S∑Í§‹ ‚ ÷ÊflŸÊà◊∑§ ‹ªÊfl „Ò
•ÊÒ⁄U fl ◊ÊŸÃ „Ò¥ Á∑§ ©Ÿ∑§Ê „ÊŸÊ ◊ÊÿŸ ⁄UπÃÊ „Ò–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
÷ÊflŸÊ∞° ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ÁŸ÷ÊÃË „Ò¥–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
26. Which of the following is a core principle of constructivist learning theory ?
(1) Teachers should provide direct instruction and explicit guidance to students.
(2) Learning occurs when students receive correct answers and feedback from teachers.
(3) Students construct their own knowledge through active engagement with their environment.
(4) Learning is primarily a passive process that involves receiving and memorizing information.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚¥⁄UøŸÊflÊŒË •Áœª◊ Á‚hÊ¥Ã ∑§Ê ◊Í‹ Á‚hÊ¥Ã „Ò?
(1) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝àÿˇÊ ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê •ÊÒ⁄U S¬C ◊Êª¸Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(2) •Áœª◊ Ã’ „ÊÃÊ „Ò ¡’ ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ‚ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝ÁÃ¬ÈÁC Á◊‹ÃË „Ò–
(3) ¿UÊòÊ •¬Ÿ ¬ÿÊ¸fl⁄UáÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚Á∑˝§ÿ ‚¥‹ÇŸÃÊ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ •¬Ÿ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(4) •Áœª◊ ◊ÈÅÿ M§¬ ‚ ∞∑§ ÁŸÁc∑˝§ÿ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò Á¡‚◊¥ ‚ÍøŸÊ ¬˝Ê# ∑§⁄UŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÿÊŒ ⁄UπŸÊ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò–
27. Assertion (A) :

The less able a child is to do a task the more directions the teachers should give and as the child can
do more and more the teacher should help less and less.
Reason (R) :
Intelligence cannot be accurately measured by calculating IQ.
Choose the correct option.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
∞∑§ ’ìÊÊ Á∑§‚Ë ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ê ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ Á¡ÃŸÊ ∑§◊ ‚ˇÊ◊ „ÊÃÊ „Ò, Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©ÃŸ „Ë •Áœ∑§ ‚¥∑§Ã fl ß‡ÊÊ⁄U ŒŸË øÊÁ„∞ •ÊÒ⁄U
¡Ò‚-¡Ò‚ ’ìÊÊ •Áœ∑§ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò, Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UŸË øÊÁ„∞–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
’ÈÁh ∑§Ê ’ÈÁh-‹Áéœ ∑§Ë ªáÊŸÊ ∑§⁄U∑§ ‚≈UË∑§ M§¬ ‚ Ÿ„Ë¥ ◊Ê¬Ê ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
28. Which of the following characterise the process of socialization ?

(a) It is a linear process. (b) It is a complex process.
(c) It is a multidimensional process. (d) It takes place uniquely in different cultures.
(1) (a), (b) (2) (b), (c) (3) (b), (c), (d) (4) (a), (b), (c), (d)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚◊Ê¡Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ∞° „Ò¥?
(a) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ⁄UπËÿ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò– (b) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ¡Á≈U‹ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(c) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ’„È•ÊÿÊ◊Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò– (d) ÿ„ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ‚¥S∑Î§ÁÃÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ÁflÁ‡ÊC M§¬ ‚ „ÊÃË „Ò–
(1) (a), (b) (2) (b), (c) (3) (b), (c), (d) (4) (a), (b), (c), (d)
29. Assertion (A) :
There is no objectively definable moment when a child enters middle childhood or adolescence.
Reason (R) :
Development is continuous in nature.
Choose the correct option.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) —
fl„ ∑§Êß¸ ©g‡ÿÊà◊∑§U ÁŸÁ‡øÃ ˇÊáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃÊ ¡’ ∑§Êß¸ ’ìÊÊ ◊äÿ ’ÊÀÿÊflSÕÊ ÿÊ Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄UÊflSÕÊ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡Ê ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) —
Áfl∑§Ê‚, ¬˝∑Î§ÁÃ ◊¥ ÁŸ⁄¥UÃ⁄U „ÊÃÊ ⁄U„ÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ‹Á∑§Ÿ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò–
30. An elementary school teacher can strongly influence students’ development of academic self-concept
by :
(1) Keeping very low expectations from all students
(2) Punishing autonomy and initiative in students
(3) Rewarding autonomy and initiative in students
(4) Keeping very low expectations from special students
∞∑§ ¬˝Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ∑§ ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ •Êà◊-‚¥¬˝àÿÿ ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê ŒÎ…∏ÃÊ ‚ ¬˝÷ÊÁflÃ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò —
(1) ‚÷Ë ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ’„ÈÃ ∑§◊ •¬ˇÊÊ∞° ⁄UπŸÊ
(2) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ SflÊÿûÊÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬„‹ ∑§Ê Œ¥Á«UÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ SflÊÿûÊÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬„‹ ∑§Ê ¬È⁄US∑Î§Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) Áfl‡Ê· ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ‚ ’„ÈÃ ∑§◊ ©ê◊ËŒ¥ ⁄UπŸÊ
IMPORTANT / ◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸
Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part - II (Mathematics and Science) OR from
Part - III (Social Studies / Social Science).
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ 31 ‚ 90 ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷Êª - II (ªÁáÊÃ fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷Êª - III (‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ / ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§
ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥–
PART - II / ÷Êª - II
MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE / ªÁáÊÃ fl ÁflôÊÊŸ
Direction : Answer the following questions by selecting the correct/most appropriate options.
ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê — ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚„Ë/‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ øÈÁŸ∞–
31. BD is the diagonal of parallelogram ABCD such that ∠CBD=12x, ∠ABD=7y, ∠ADB=608 and
∠CDB=288. Then, the value of 2x+3y is :
(1) 208 (2) 218 (3) 228 (4) 238
Á∑§‚Ë ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U øÃÈ÷È¸¡ ABCD ∑§Ê Áfl∑§áÊ¸ BD ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U „Ò Á∑§ ∠CBD=12x, ∠ABD=7y, ∠ADB=608 •ÊÒ⁄U
∠CDB=288 „Ò– Ã’ 2x+3y ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 208 (2) 218 (3) 228 (4) 238
32. A student listed the following properties of Rational Numbers. Which one/ones is/are correct ?
(a) A rational number includes integers.
(b) 0 (zero) is not a rational number.
(c) All fractions are rational numbers.
(1) (a) and (c) (2) Only (b) (3) Only (c) (4) (a) and (b)
∞∑§ ÁfllÊÕË¸ Ÿ ¬Á⁄U◊ÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ªÈáÊœ◊ÊZ ∑§Ë ‚ÍøË ’ŸÊß¸– ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê/‚ ‚„Ë „Ò/„Ò¥ ?
(a) ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄U◊ÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ ◊¥ ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§ ‚Áê◊Á‹Ã „Ò–
(b) ‡ÊÍãÿ (0) ¬Á⁄U◊ÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(c) ‚÷Ë Á÷ãŸ ¬Á⁄U◊ÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° „ÊÃË „Ò¥–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b) (3) ∑§fl‹ (c) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b)
33. One of the factors of p3x+p2(x−y)−p(y+z)−z is :

(1) p 2x−py+z (2) p 2x+py+z (3) p 2x−py−z (4) p2x+py−z
p3x+p2(x−y)−p(y+z)−z ∑§ ªÈáÊŸπ¥«Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∞∑§ ªÈáÊŸπ¥«U „Ò —
(1) p 2x−py+z (2) p 2x+py+z (3) p 2x−py−z (4) p2x+py−z
SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„
34. If the median of the data 30, 8, 7, 3, 17, 15, 21, 24, 29, 23 is x and the median of the data obtained
by replacing 3 by 33 and 8 by 18 in the above data is y, then what is the difference between
y and x ?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
ÿÁŒ •Ê¥∑§«∏Ê¥ 30, 8, 7, 3, 17, 15, 21, 24, 29, 23 ∑§Ê ◊Êäÿ∑§ x „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ßŸ •Ê¥∑§«∏Ê¥ ◊¥ 3 ∑§Ê 33 ‚ ÃÕÊ 8 ∑§Ê 18 ‚
¬˝ÁÃSÕÊÁ¬Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝ÊåÃ •Ê¥∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§Ê ◊Êäÿ∑§ ÿÁŒ y „Ò, ÃÊ y •ÊÒ⁄U x ∑§Ê •¥Ã⁄U ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(1) 1 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 4
35. Three numbers are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 4 and the sum of their cubes is 33957. What is the sum of the
three numbers ?
(1) 54 (2) 63 (3) 72 (4) 81
ÃËŸ ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° 2 : 3 : 4 ∑§ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ ◊¥ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§ ÉÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª 33957 „Ò– ßŸ ÃËŸÊ¥ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(1) 54 (2) 63 (3) 72 (4) 81
36. The number of vertices (V), edges (E) and faces (F) of a polyhedron are respectively 10, 15 and x.
Then, the value of (3x−12) is :
(1) 7 (2) 9 (3) 14 (4) 18
Á∑§‚Ë ’„È»§‹∑§Ë ∑§ ‡ÊË·ÊZ (V), Á∑§ŸÊ⁄UÊ¥ (E) •ÊÒ⁄U »§‹∑§Ê¥ (F) ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ∞° ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 10, 15 •ÊÒ⁄U x „Ò¥– Ã’ (3x−12) ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ
„Ò —
(1) 7 (2) 9 (3) 14 (4) 18
x  −1 
−3
 2 
−4 x y −1
37. If =   ÷   , then what is the value of  y + x  ?
y  3  3  
3 19 38 48
(1) − (2) (3) (4) −
16 48 73 265
 −1 
−3
2
−4 x y −1
ÿÁŒ x
=  ÷  „Ò, ÃÊ  y + x  ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ÄÿÊ „Ò?
y  3   3  
3 19 38 48
(1) − (2) (3) (4) −
16 48 73 265
38. Concept was labelled as ‘Schema’ by :
(1) Vygotsky (2) Piaget (3) Bruner (4) Van Hieles
__________ Œ˜flÊ⁄UÊ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ê “S∑§Ë◊Ê” ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ŸÊ◊Ê¥Á∑§Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ ÕÊ–
(1) flÊß¸ªÊà‚∑§Ë (2) Á¬ÿÊ¡ (3) ’˝ÍŸ⁄U (4) flÒŸ „Ò‹
39. If x=1.011+10.11−12.101+0.1011, then what should be added to x to get the sum as 1.1 ?
(1) 1.9789 (2) 0.3111 (3) 0.2211 (4) 1.1311
ÿÁŒ x=1.011+10.11−12.101+0.1011 „Ò, ÃÊ x ◊¥ ÄÿÊ ¡Ê«∏Ê ¡Ê∞, Á¡‚‚ ÿÊª»§‹ 1.1 ¬˝ÊåÃ „Ê?
(1) 1.9789 (2) 0.3111 (3) 0.2211 (4) 1.1311
40. Teacher conducted an oral assessment in class and found that Ram can speak definition of all
types of numbers - odd, even, prime and composite accurately, but not able to identify the numbers
accurately when given a set of numbers.
Which of the following is most appropriate for the above situation ?
(1) Ram has good memory but lacks practice.
(2) Ram has good memory but lacks concentration.
(3) Ram has good memory but lacks conceptual understanding.
(4) Ram has analytical ability.
Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ Ÿ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ◊ÊÒÁπ∑§ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§Ê •ÊÿÊ¡Ÿ Á∑§ÿÊ Á¡‚‚ ÿ„ ¬ÃÊ ø‹Ê Á∑§ ⁄UÊ◊ Áfl·◊, ‚◊, •÷Êíÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Êíÿ ¡Ò‚Ë
‚÷Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ÿÕÊÕ¸ M§¬ ‚ ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê ’ÃÊ ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò, ¬⁄UãÃÈ ¡’ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÈìÊÿ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ Ã’ fl„
‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚„Ë M§¬ ‚ ¬„øÊŸ Ÿ„Ë¥ ¬ÊÿÊ–
©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê •ÁÃ-©¬ÿÈÄÃ „Ò?
(1) ⁄UÊ◊ ∑§Ë S◊⁄UáÊ ‡ÊÁÄÃ •ë¿UË „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ •èÿÊ‚ ∑§Ë ∑§◊Ë „Ò–
(2) ⁄UÊ◊ ∑§Ë S◊⁄UáÊ ‡ÊÁÄÃ •ë¿UË „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ ∞∑§Êª˝ÃÊ ∑§Ë ∑§◊Ë „Ò–
(3) ⁄UÊ◊ ∑§Ë S◊⁄UáÊ ‡ÊÁÄÃ •ë¿UË „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊà◊∑§ ’Êœ ∑§Ë ∑§◊Ë „Ò–
(4) ⁄UÊ◊ ◊¥ Áfl‡‹·áÊÊà◊∑§ ÿÊÇÿÃÊ „Ò–
41. A shopkeeper sells an article for ` 324 after giving a discount of 28% on its marked price. The cost
price of the article is ` 300. If he sells the article by giving 18% discount on its same marked price,
then what will be his profit percent ?
(1) 10% (2) 19% (3) 23% (4) 24%
∑§Êß¸ ŒÈ∑§ÊŸŒÊ⁄U ∞∑§ flSÃÈ ∑§Ê ©‚∑§ •¥Á∑§Ã ◊ÍÀÿ ¬⁄U 28% ∑§Ë ¿ÍU≈U Œ∑§⁄U ` 324 ¬⁄U ’øÃÊ „Ò– flSÃÈ ∑§Ê ∑˝§ÿ ◊ÍÀÿ ` 300
„Ò– ÿÁŒ fl„ ©‚ flSÃÈ ∑§Ê ©‚∑§ ©‚Ë •¥Á∑§Ã ◊ÍÀÿ ¬⁄U 18% ∑§Ë ¿ÍU≈U Œ∑§⁄U ’ø, ÃÊ ©‚∑§Ê ‹Ê÷ ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃ ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ?
(1) 10% (2) 19% (3) 23% (4) 24%
40 5
42. The product of two rational numbers is − . If one of the two numbers is − , then the reciprocal
3 2
of the other number lies between :
3 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
(1) and (2) and (3) and (4) and
20 50 50 5 5 4 4 3
ŒÊ ¬Á⁄U◊ÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ªÈáÊŸ»§‹ − 40 „Ò– ÿÁŒ ©Ÿ ŒÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∞∑§ − 5 „Ò, ÃÊ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê √ÿÈà∑˝§◊ ÁŸêŸ ∑§
3 2
’Ëø ◊¥ ÁSÕÃ „Ò —
3 9 9 1 1 1 1 1
(1)
20
•ÊÒ⁄U 50
(2)
50
•ÊÒ⁄U 5
(3)
5
•ÊÒ⁄U 4
(4)
4
•ÊÒ⁄U 3
43. A class VI mathematics teacher posed the following problem to her students :
“In a morning walk, three persons started together. Their steps measure 70 cm, 85 cm and 95 cm
respectively. What is the minimum distance each should walk so that all can cover the same
distance in complete steps ?”
Which of the following concepts would be required to solve the given problem ?
(1) Concept of HCF
(2) Concept of LCM
(3) Concept of division
(4) Concept of proportion
∑§ˇÊÊ VI ∑§Ë ∞∑§ ªÁáÊÃ ∑§Ë Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê Ÿ •¬Ÿ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ‚◊ˇÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡Ÿ ⁄UπÊ–
““¬˝ÊÃ— ∑§Ê‹ËŸ ‚Ò⁄U ◊¥ ÃËŸ √ÿÁÄÃ ∞∑§ ‚ÊÕ ø‹ŸÊ ¬˝Ê⁄¥U÷ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ©Ÿ∑§ ∑§Œ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‹¥’Êß¸ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 70 ‚.◊Ë.,
85 ‚.◊Ë. •ÊÒ⁄U 95 ‚.◊Ë. „Ò¥– ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ Á∑§ÃŸË ŒÍ⁄UË ø‹ Á∑§ fl fl„Ë ŒÍ⁄UË ¬Í⁄U-¬Í⁄U ∑§Œ◊Ê¥ ◊¥ Ãÿ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§?””
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞° ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê „‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ê¥ªË?
(1) ◊„ûÊ◊ ‚◊Ê¬flÃ¸∑§ (◊.‚.) ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ
(2) ‹ÉÊÈûÊ◊ ‚◊Ê¬flÃ¸∑§ (‹.‚.) ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ
(3) Áfl÷Ê¡Ÿ ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ
(4) ‚◊ÊŸÈ¬ÊÃ ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ
44. A student was given the following problem on percentage to solve,
“Find the percentage of decrease if the population of a city decreased from 28,000 to 26,500.”
She wrote the following solution,
Original population = 28,000; New population = 26,500
26,500
% decrease = × 100% = 94.6%
28,000
Which of the following is most appropriate with respect to the response of the student ?
(1) Student is able to understand the concept of percentage but is not able to understand
percentage of which quantity is to be found.
(2) Student has solved the question correctly but has used wrong symbols in solution.
(3) Student does not know the concept of percentage.
(4) Student has made a careless mistake.
∞∑§ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ¬⁄U ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ‚◊SÿÊ „‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ŒË ªß¸,
““•ª⁄U ∞∑§ ‡Ê„⁄U ∑§Ë ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ 28,000 ‚ ÉÊ≈U∑§⁄U 26,500 „Ê ªß¸ „Ò ÃÊ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§ ÉÊ≈UŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ôÊÊÃ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–””
©‚Ÿ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ „‹ Á‹πÊ,
¬˝Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ = 28,000; Ÿß¸ ¡Ÿ‚¥ÅÿÊ = 26,500
26,500
ÉÊ≈UŸ ∑§Ê %=
28,000
× 100% = 94.6%
ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ „Ò?
(1) ÁfllÊÕË¸ ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊¤ÊŸ ◊¥ ‚ˇÊ◊ „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ fl„ ÿ„ ‚◊¤Ê ¬ÊŸ ◊¥ ‚◊Õ¸ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò Á∑§ Á∑§‚ ⁄UÊÁ‡Ê ∑§Ë
¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ôÊÊÃ ∑§⁄UŸË „Ò–
(2) ÁfllÊÕË¸ Ÿ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ‚„Ë Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ „‹ Á∑§ÿÊ „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ ©‚Ÿ ©ûÊ⁄U ◊¥ ª‹Ã Áøã„Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª Á∑§ÿÊ „Ò–
(3) ÁfllÊÕË¸ ¬˝ÁÃ‡ÊÃÃÊ ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ ¡ÊŸÃÊ–
(4) ÁfllÊÕË¸ Ÿ •‚ÊflœÊŸËfl‡Ê ∞∑§ òÊÈ≈UË ∑§Ë „Ò–
45. The difference between two supplementary angles is 208. If the smaller of these angles is p, then
the value of 3p−508 is :
(1) 3108 (2) 2708 (3) 2508 (4) 1908
ŒÊ ‚¥¬Í⁄U∑§ ∑§ÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê •¥Ã⁄U 208 „Ò– ÿÁŒ ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ¿UÊ≈UÊ ∑§ÊáÊ p „Ò, ÃÊ 3p−508 ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ „Ò —
(1) 3108 (2) 2708 (3) 2508 (4) 1908
46. x varies inversely as y. When x=3.5, then y=2.4. What is the value of y when x=5.6 ?
(1) 1.4 (2) 1.5 (3) 2.1 (4) 2.8
x, y ∑§ ‚ÊÕ √ÿÈà∑˝§◊ÊŸÈ¬ÊÃË Áflø⁄UáÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò– ¡’ x=3.5 „Ò, Ã’ y=2.4 „Ò– ¡’ x=5.6 „Ò, Ã’ y ∑§Ê ◊ÊŸ ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ?
(1) 1.4 (2) 1.5 (3) 2.1 (4) 2.8
47. Which among the following Learning-Teaching Resources (LTRs) are most appropriate for visually
challenged students in mathematics classroom ?
(a) Geogebra (b) Taylor’s abacus (c) Computer (d) Spreadsheet
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (c) and (d) (3) (b) and (c) (4) (b), (c) and (d)
ªÁáÊÃ ∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ŒÎÁc≈U’ÊÁœÃ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ •Áœª◊ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ‚¥‚ÊœŸÊ¥ (∞‹ ≈UË •Ê⁄U) ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚’‚
©¬ÿÈÄÃ „Ò?
(a) Á¡ÿÊ¡’⁄UÊ (b) ≈U‹⁄U ∑§Ê ÁªŸÃÊ⁄UÊ (c) ∑¥§åÿÍ≈U⁄U (d) S¬˝«U‡ÊË≈U
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (3) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
48. National Education Policy (NEP) 2020 recommends that Sports Integrated Pedagogy needs to be
used in classroom teaching. Which among the following are correct in the context of using sports
integrated pedagogy in mathematics classroom ?
(a) Teaching-learning process shall become joyful.
(b) It is not possible to use sports for teaching mathematics.
(c) It will be time consuming and hence needs to be avoided.
(d) Apart from popular sports, there are many indigenous sports which can be used in teaching
mathematics.
(1) (a) and (c) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (a) and (d) (4) (b), (c) and (d)
⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ŸËÁÃ, 2020 Á‚»§ÊÁ⁄‡Ê ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò Á∑§ π‹ ∞∑§Ë∑Î§Ã Á‡ÊˇÊÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§Ê ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
π‹ ∞∑§Ë∑Î§Ã Á‡ÊˇÊÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ªÁáÊÃ ∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(a) Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ-•Áœª◊ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ •ÊŸãŒŒÊÿ∑§ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªË–
(b) π‹ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ªÁáÊÃ ¬…∏ÊŸ ◊¥ ‚ê÷fl Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(c) ß‚◊¥ ’„ÈÃ ‚◊ÿ πø¸ „Ê ¡Ê∞ªÊ ÃÊ ß‚ ≈UÊ‹ŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(d) ¬˝Á‚h π‹Ê¥ ∑§ •‹ÊflÊ ∑§ß¸ SflŒ‡ÊË π‹ „Ò¥ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ªÁáÊÃ ¬…∏ÊŸ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
49. The area of the curved surface of a right circular cylinder is 4400 cm2 and the circumference of its
 22 
base is 110 cm. Its volume (in m3) is :  Use π= 
 7 
(1) 0.0284 (2) 0.0385 (3) 0.0285 (4) 0.0382
Á∑§‚Ë ‹¥’ flÎûÊËÿ ’‹Ÿ ∑§Ê fl∑˝§ ¬Îc∆UËÿ ˇÊòÊ»§‹ 4400 cm2 „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ¬Á⁄UÁœ 110 cm „Ò– ’‹Ÿ ∑§Ê
(m3 ◊¥) „Ò :  π = ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ËÁ¡∞ 

22
•ÊÿÃŸ
 7 
(1) 0.0284 (2) 0.0385 (3) 0.0285 (4) 0.0382
50. A box opened at the top is made of wood of thickness 3 cm. Its external length, breadth and height
are respectively 1.48 m, 1.16 m and 83 cm (base=length×breadth). What will be the cost of
painting its inner surface at ` 150 per m2 ?
(1) ` 838.20 (2) ` 839.10 (3) ` 841.40 (4) ` 842.50
™§¬⁄U ‚ πÈ‹Ê „È•Ê ∞∑§ ’Ä‚Ê 3 cm ◊Ê≈UË ‹∑§«∏Ë ∑§Ê ’ŸÊ „Ò– ß‚∑§Ë ’Ês ‹¥’Êß¸, øÊÒ«∏Êß¸ ÃÕÊ ™°§øÊß¸ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 1.48 m,
1.16 m •ÊÒ⁄U 83 cm „Ò (•ÊœÊ⁄U=‹¥’Êß¸×øÊÒ«∏Êß¸)– ß‚∑§Ë •Ê¥ÃÁ⁄U∑§ ‚Ã„Ê¥ ¬⁄U ` 150 ¬˝ÁÃ m2 ∑§Ë Œ⁄U ‚ ¬¥≈U ∑§⁄UÊŸ ∑§Ë
‹ÊªÃ ÄÿÊ „ÊªË?
(1) ` 838.20 (2) ` 839.10 (3) ` 841.40 (4) ` 842.50
51. In triangles ABC and DEF; ∠B=908, BC=8 cm, ∠A=408, DE=8 cm, ∠F=408 and ∠E=908. Then,
which of the following statements is true ?
(1) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DEF, by RHS (2) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, by RHS
(3) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DFE, by AAS (4) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, by AAS
ÁòÊ÷È¡Ê¥ ABC •ÊÒ⁄U DEF ◊¥; ∠B=908, BC=8 cm, ∠A=408, DE=8 cm, ∠F=408 •ÊÒ⁄U ∠E=908 „Ò– Ã’, ÁŸêŸ
∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚àÿ „Ò?
(1) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DEF, RHS mÊ⁄UÊ (2) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, RHS mÊ⁄UÊ
(3) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DFE, AAS mÊ⁄UÊ (4) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, AAS mÊ⁄UÊ
52. Three consecutive integers are such that when they are taken in increasing order and multiplied
by 3, 5 and 2, respectively, they add up to 99. What is the sum of the original first and third
integers ?
(1) 16 (2) 18 (3) 20 (4) 24
ÃËŸ ∑˝§◊ÊªÃ ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U „Ò¥ Á∑§ ¡’ ©ã„¥ ’…∏Ã „È∞ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ Á‹ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ∑˝§◊‡Ê— 3, 5 ÃÕÊ 2 ‚ ªÈáÊÊ ∑§⁄U∑§ ¡Ê«∏Ê
¡ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ ÿÊª»§‹ 99 ¬˝ÊåÃ „ÊÃÊ „Ò– •Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ¬„‹ ÃÕÊ ÃË‚⁄U ¬ÍáÊÊZ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(1) 16 (2) 18 (3) 20 (4) 24
53. A middle school mathematics teacher poses the following question to her class.
“Which type of graph would you use to show the following data ?
(a) The heights of participants in an athletics meet
(b) The number of passengers boarding trains from 9:00 am to 9:00 pm at a station.”
The intention of the teacher is to -
(1) Help learners understand the difference between bar graph and line graph.
(2) Introduce the concept of pie charts.
(3) Teach line graph through contextual situations.
(4) Teach the use of histograms for data representation.
Á◊«U‹ S∑Í§‹ ∑§Ë ªÁáÊÃ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê •¬ŸË ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ‚◊ˇÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡Ÿ ⁄UπÃË „Ò–
““ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ •Ê°∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Ê¬ Á∑§‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ •Ê‹π ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄U¥ª?
(a) Á∑§‚Ë π‹∑Í§Œ ¬˝ÁÃÿÊÁªÃÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ÁÃ÷ÊÁªÿÊ¥ ∑§ ∑§Œ
(b) Á∑§‚Ë S≈U‡ÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝ÊÃ— 9:00 ’¡ ‚ ‚Êÿ¥ 9:00 ’¡ Ã∑§ ⁄U‹ªÊÁ«∏ÿÊ¥ ‚ ¡ÊŸ flÊ‹ ÿÊÁòÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ–””
•äÿÊÁ¬∑§Ê ∑§Ê •Ê‡Êÿ „Ò -
(1) Œá«U-•Ê‹π •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UπÊ-•Ê‹π ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§ •¥Ã⁄U ∑§Ê ‚◊¤ÊŸ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(2) ¬Êß¸-øÊ≈¸U ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄Uøÿ ŒŸÊ–
(3) ⁄UπÊ-•Ê‹π ∑§Ê ‚¥Œ÷Ê¸à◊∑§ ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÃËÿÊ¥ Œ˜flÊ⁄UÊ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(4) •Ê°∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§ ÁŸM§¬áÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ •ÊÿÃÁøòÊ ∑§ ©¬ÿÊª ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
54. If a 8 - digit number 9 4 7 1 x 9 y 2 is divisible by 72, then which of the following statements is not
true ?
(1) x=8 and y=5 (2) x=4 and y=9 (3) x=9 and y=5 (4) x=3 and y=1
ÿÁŒ 8 - •¥∑§Ëÿ ‚¥ÅÿÊ 9 4 7 1 x 9 y 2, 72 ‚ Áfl÷Êíÿ „Ò, ÃÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚àÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) x=8 •ÊÒ⁄U y=5 (2) x=4 •ÊÒ⁄U y=9 (3) x=9 •ÊÒ⁄U y=5 (4) x=3 •ÊÒ⁄U y=1
55. Mathematics is a way of thinking since :
(a) It provides an opportunity for students to engage in proofs and examining patterns.
(b) Students reproduce formulae and symbols during problem solving.
(c) Students use appropriate strategies for solving various new problems.
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (a) and (c) (4) Only (b)
ªÁáÊÃ ∞∑§ ‚ÊøŸ ∑§Ê Ã⁄UË∑§Ê „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ —
(a) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚ÊˇÿÊ¥ ∞fl¥ ¬˝ÁÃ◊ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊáÊ ◊¥ √ÿSÃ (‚¥‹ÇŸ) ⁄UπŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •fl‚⁄U ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ‚◊SÿÊ ‚◊ÊœÊŸ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ‚ÍòÊÊ¥ ∞fl¥ Áøã„Ê¥ ∑§Ê ŒÊ„⁄UÊÃ „¥Ò–
(c) ÁfllÊÕË¸ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ Ÿß¸ ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÊœÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ÿÈÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (b)
56. The following table shows the number of different fruits kept in a carton :
Type of Pome-
Mangoes Apples Oranges Guavas
fruits granates
Number 44 56 42 30 38
If a pie chart is constructed for the above data, what will be the angle of the sector representing
apples ?
(1) 79.28 (2) 728 (3) 968 (4) 100.88
ÁŸêŸ ‚Ê⁄UáÊË ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë Á«Ué’ ◊¥ ⁄Uπ ª∞ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ »§‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò —
»§‹Ê¥ ∑§
•Ê◊ ‚’ ‚¥Ã⁄U •◊M§Œ •ŸÊ⁄U
¬˝∑§Ê⁄U
‚¥ïÅÿÊ 44 56 42 30 38
ÿÁŒ ©¬⁄UÊÄÃ •Ê¥∑§«∏Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ¬Êß¸ øÊ≈¸U ’ŸÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÃÊ ©‚ ÁòÊíÿπ¥«U ∑§Ê ∑§ÊáÊ ÄÿÊ „ÊªÊ ¡Ê ‚’Ê¥ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) 79.28 (2) 728 (3) 968 (4) 100.88
57. The lengths of the parallel sides of a trapezium are 11 cm and 25 cm and the distance between
them is 12 cm. Its area is equal to the area of a rectangle whose sides are in the ratio 3 : 2. What is
the perimeter (in cm) of the rectangle ?
(1) 40 (2) 50 (3) 60 (4) 70
Á∑§‚Ë ‚◊‹¥’ øÃÈ÷È¸¡ ∑§Ë ‚◊Ê¥Ã⁄U ÷È¡Ê∞° 11 cm •ÊÒ⁄U 25 cm „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ë ŒÍ⁄UË 12 cm „Ò– ß‚∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ»§‹ ©‚
•ÊÿÃ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ»§‹ ∑§ ’⁄UÊ’⁄U „Ò Á¡‚∑§Ë ÷È¡Ê∞° 3 : 2 ∑§ •ŸÈ¬ÊÃ ◊¥ „Ò¥– ©‚ •ÊÿÃ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U◊Ê¬ (cm ◊¥) ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(1) 40 (2) 50 (3) 60 (4) 70
58. If A=−2x2+12x, B=11−8x+3x2, C=17−4x2 and D=x2−x−3, then what is the sum of the
co-efficients of x2 and x in (A+B+C−D) ?
(1) 0 (2) −1 (3) 1 (4) 3
ÿÁŒ A=−2x +12x, B=11−8x+3x , C=17−4x •ÊÒ⁄U D=x −x−3 „Ò¥, ÃÊ (A+B+C−D) ◊¥ x2 •ÊÒ⁄U x
2 2 2 2
∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª „Ò —

(1) 0 (2) −1 (3) 1 (4) 3
59. Which of the following is not a dimension of assessment of mathematics learning ?

(1) Communication
(2) Patterns and procedures
(3) Disposition towards mathematics
(4) Mathematical reasoning
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ªÁáÊÃ •Áœª◊ ∑§ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§Ê •ÊÿÊ◊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ‚ê¬˝·áÊ
(2) ¬˝ÁÃ◊ÊŸ (¬Ò≈UŸ¸) •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ (∑§Êÿ¸-ÁflÁœ)
(3) ªÁáÊÃ ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃ M§¤ÊÊŸ
(4) ªÁáÊÃËÿ Ã∑¸§
60. In triangle PQR, ∠P=558 and QR=18 cm. In which of the following cases, ∆PQR can be an
obtuse scalene triangle ?
(1) ∠R=258 and PQ=18 cm (2) ∠R=158 and PR > 18 cm
(3) ∠R=658 and PQ > 18 cm (4) ∠R=358 and PR=18 cm
ÁòÊ÷È¡ PQR ◊¥, ∠P=558 •ÊÒ⁄U QR=18 cm „Ò– ÁŸêŸ ÁSÕÁÃÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚◊¥ ∆PQR ∞∑§ •Áœ∑§ ∑§ÊáÊ Áfl·◊’Ê„È ÁòÊ÷È¡
„Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ∠R=258 •ÊÒ⁄U PQ=18 cm (2) •ÊÒ⁄U PR > 18 cm
∠R=158
(3) ∠R=658 •ÊÒ⁄U PQ > 18 cm (4) ∠R=358 •ÊÒ⁄U PR=18 cm
61. Read the following paragraph carefully and select the option which would correctly fill the blanks
in the given order.
Sound is produced by vibration and different musical instruments have specific vibrating parts. In
a X the sound is produced by stretched strings, in a Y it is the stretched membrane that
vibrates and in a Z the vibrating part that produces sound is the air column.
X, Y and Z can respectively be :
(1) sitar, harmonium, dholak (2) dholak, ektara, mouth organ
(3) guitar, tabla, shehnai (4) ektara, violin, piano
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ •ŸÈë¿UŒ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬Á…∏∞ ÃÕÊ ©‚ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ¡ÊÁ∑§ ‚„Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‚ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ∑˝§◊ ◊¥ Á⁄UÄÃ
SÕÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÷⁄¥U–
äflÁŸ ∑¥§¬Ÿ mÊ⁄UÊ ©à¬ÛÊ „ÊÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ Á÷ÛÊ-Á÷ÛÊ flÊl ÿ¥òÊÊ¥ ∑§ ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U ∑¥§¬◊ÊŸ ÷Êª „ÊÃ „Ò¥– X ◊¥ äflÁŸ ÃÊÁŸÃ ÃÊ⁄UÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ
©à¬ÛÊ „ÊÃË „Ò, Y ◊¥ ÃÊÁŸÃ Á¤ÊÀ‹Ë „Ò ¡Ê ∑¥§¬Ÿ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ Z ◊¥ äflÁŸ ©à¬ÛÊ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹Ê ∑¥§¬◊ÊŸ ÷Êª, flÊÿÈ-SÃ¥÷
(∑§ÊÚ‹◊) „Ò–
X, Y •ÊÒ⁄U Z ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ê ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥ —
(1) Á‚ÃÊ⁄U, „Ê◊Ê¸ÁŸÿ◊, …UÊ‹∑§ (2) …UÊ‹∑§, ß∑§ÃÊ⁄UÊ, ◊Èπ-•Êª¸Ÿ
(3) Áª≈UÊ⁄U, Ã’‹Ê, ‡Ê„ŸÊß¸ (4) ß∑§ÃÊ⁄UÊ, flÊÿÁ‹Ÿ, Á¬ÿÊŸÊ
62. Identify the set of micronutrients (nutrients required by plants in small quantities) :
(1) Potassium, Magnesium, Copper (2) Copper, Phosphorous, Calcium
(3) Sulphur, Aluminium, Chlorine (4) Zinc, Iron, Manganese
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ¬ÊŒ¬ (¬ÊÒœ) ‚Íˇ◊ ¬Ê·∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ‚◊ÈìÊÿ (‹ÉÊÈ ◊ÊòÊÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ¬ÊŒ¬Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ •Ê¬ÁˇÊÃ ¬Ê·∑§) ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ
∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) ¬Ê≈ÒUÁ‡Êÿ◊, ◊ÒÇŸËÁ‡Êÿ◊, ÃÊ°’Ê (2) ÃÊ°’Ê, »§ÊÚS»§Ê⁄U‚, ∑Ò§ÁÀ‚ÿ◊
(3) ‚À$»§⁄U, ∞‹ÈÁ◊ÁŸÿ◊, Ä‹Ê⁄UËŸ (4) Á¡¥∑§ (¡SÃÊ), ‹ÊÒ„, ◊Ò¥ªŸË$¡
63. Read the following statements carefully and select the correct option.
Assertion (A) : The stars in the night sky appear to move from east to west.
Reason (R) : The earth rotates from west to east.
(1) (A) and (R) are both correct and (R) is the correct explanation for (A).
(2) (A) and (R) are both correct but (R) is not the correct explanation for (A).
(3) (A) is correct but (R) is incorrect.
(4) (A) and (R) are both incorrect.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬Á…∏∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) : ⁄UÊÁòÊ •Ê∑§Ê‡Ê ◊¥ ÃÊ⁄U ¬Ífl¸ ‚ ¬Á‡ø◊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ªÁÃ ∑§⁄UÃ ¬˝ÃËÃ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
Ã∑¸§ (R) : ¬ÎâflË ¬Á‡ø◊ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ÉÊÍáÊ¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
64. Which of the following statements regarding rusting of iron are true ?
(a) It involves a chemical reaction between iron and oxygen.
(b) It is an exothermic reaction.
(c) It can take place at room temperature.
(d) It is reversible reaction.
(1) (a), (b), (d) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (a) and (d) (4) (a), (b) and (c)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚ ∑§ÕŸ ‹Ê„ ◊¥ ¡¥ª ‹ªŸ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥?
(a) ÿ„ ‹ÊÒ„ (‹Ê„) •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ ∑§ ’Ëø ⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ™§c◊ÊˇÊ¬Ë •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(c) ÿ„ ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ÃÊ¬ (∑§Êc∆U-ÃÊ¬) ¬⁄U „Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(d) ÿ„ ©à∑˝§◊áÊËÿ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(1) (a), (b), (d) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)
65. Match the substances in column A with their chemical names in column B.
(A) (B)
(a) Slaked lime (i) Calcium oxide
(b) Table salt (ii) Sodium bicarbonate
(c) Limestone (iii) Calcium carbonate
(d) Caustic soda (iv) Calcium hydroxide
(e) Quick lime (v) Sodium hydroxide
(f) Baking soda (vi) Sodium chloride
(1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(vi), (c)-(iii), (d)-(v), (e)-(i), (f)-(ii)
(2) (a)-(vi), (b)-(ii), (c)-(v), (d)-(i), (e)-(iii), (f)-(iv)
(3) (a)-(i), (b)-(vi), (c)-(iii), (d)-(v), (e)-(ii), (f)-(iv)
(4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(v), (c)-(iii), (d)-(ii), (e)-(i), (f)-(vi)
∑§ÊÚ‹◊ A ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ¬ŒÊÕÊZ ∑§Ê ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ B ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ©Ÿ∑§ ⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ ŸÊ◊Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚È◊‹ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(A) (B)
(a) ’È¤ÊÊ øÍŸÊ (i) ∑Ò§ÁÀ‚ÿ◊ •ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U
(b) ‚ÊŒÊ Ÿ◊∑§ (ii) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ ’Êß∑§Ê’Ê¸Ÿ≈U
(c) øÍŸÊ ¬àÕ⁄U (iii) ∑Ò§ÁÀ‚ÿ◊ ∑§Ê’Ê¸Ÿ≈U
(d) ∑§ÊÚÁS≈U∑§ ‚Ê«UÊ (iv) ∑Ò§ÁÀ‚ÿ◊ „Êß«˛UÊÄ‚Êß«U
(e) Á’ŸÊ’È¤ÊÊ øÍŸÊ (v) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ „Êß«˛UÊÄ‚Êß«U
(f) ’Á∑¥§ª ‚Ê«UÊ (πÊŸÊ) (vi) ‚ÊÁ«Uÿ◊ Ä‹Ê⁄UÊß«U
(1) (a)-(iv), (b)-(vi), (c)-(iii), (d)-(v), (e)-(i), (f)-(ii)
(2) (a)-(vi), (b)-(ii), (c)-(v), (d)-(i), (e)-(iii), (f)-(iv)
(3) (a)-(i), (b)-(vi), (c)-(iii), (d)-(v), (e)-(ii), (f)-(iv)
(4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(v), (c)-(iii), (d)-(ii), (e)-(i), (f)-(vi)
66. Identify the correct statement(s) :
(a) : A fact is an observation that has repeatedly been found to be true over the time.
(b) : A law is a theory that has repeatedly been found to be true over the time.
(1) Only (a) (2) (a) and (b) (3) Only (b) (4) Neither (a) nor (b)
‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ/∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —

(a) : Ãâÿ ∞∑§ •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ „Ò Á¡‚ ‚◊ÿÊ¬Á⁄U ’Ê⁄¥U’Ê⁄U ‚„Ë ¬ÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò–
(b) : ÁŸÿ◊ ∞∑§ Á‚hÊ¥Ã „Ò Á¡‚ ‚◊ÿÊ¬Á⁄U ’Ê⁄¥U’Ê⁄U ‚„Ë ¬ÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (3) ∑§fl‹ (b) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ◊¥ ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë Ÿ„Ë¥
67. Read the following text :

When a negatively charged rod is brought near an uncharged electroscope,
(a) the electroscope leaves move further apart
(b) both the electroscope leaves acquire similar charge
(c) the negative charges pass on to the electroscope causing its leaves to move further apart
Of the above three statements :
(1) (a) is an observation while (b) and (c) are inferences
(2) (a) and (b) are observations and (c) is an inference
(3) (a), (b) and (c) are observations
(4) (a), (b) and (c) are inferences
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ‹π ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ —

¡’ ´§áÊÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ •ÊflÁ‡ÊÃ ¿U«∏ (⁄UÊÚ«U) ∑§Ê •ŸÊflÁ‡ÊÃ ÁfllÈÃŒ‡ÊË¸ ∑§ ÁŸ∑§≈U ‹ÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò,
(a) ÁfllÈÃŒ‡ÊË¸ ¬ÁûÊÿÊ° ∞∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U ‚ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÍ⁄U ¡Ê∞°ªË
(b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ÁfllÈÃŒ‡ÊË¸ ¬ÁûÊÿÊ° ‚◊ÊŸ •Êfl‡Ê •Á¡¸Ã ∑§⁄¥UªË
(c) ´§áÊÊà◊∑§ •Êfl‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁfllÈÃŒ‡ÊË¸ ¬⁄U „SÃÊ¥ÃÁ⁄UÃ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò Á¡‚∑§ ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊SflM§¬ ß‚∑§Ë ¬ÁûÊÿÊ° ∞∑§-ŒÍ‚⁄U ‚ •ÊÒ⁄U
ŒÍ⁄U ø‹Ë ¡ÊÃË „Ò¥
©¬⁄UÊÄÃ ÃËŸ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§ —
(1) (a) •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ „Ò ¡’Á∑§ (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ „Ò
(2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U (c) •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ „Ò
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ „Ò¥
(4) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ „Ò¥
68. Which of the following gases are responsible for acid rain ?
(a) Nitrogen (b) Oxygen (c) Ozone
(d) Sulphur dioxide (e) Nitric oxide
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (c) and (d) (4) (d) and (e)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ªÒ‚¥ •ê‹Ëÿ fl·Ê¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©ûÊ⁄UŒÊÿË „Ò¥?
(a) ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ (b) •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ (c) •Ê$¡ÊŸ
(d) ‚À»§⁄U «UÊß•ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U (e) ŸÊßÁ≈˛U∑§ •ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (d) •ÊÒ⁄U (e)
69. Which of the following is NOT indicative of the hypothesising skill ?

(1) Formulating questions which lead to inquiry
(2) Attempting to explain observations or relationships in terms of some principle
(3) Using the senses to gather information
(4) Identifying variables for an experiment
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ¬Á⁄U∑§À¬ŸÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ ∑§Ê ÁŸŒ¸‡Ê∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) πÊ¡’ËŸ Ã∑§ ‹ ¡ÊŸ flÊ‹ ¬˝‡Ÿ ’ŸÊŸÊ
(2) ∑È§¿U Á‚hÊ¥ÃÊ¥ ∑§ Áfl·ÿ ◊¥ •fl‹Ê∑§ŸÊ¥ •ÕflÊ ‚¥’¥œÊ¥ ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊ‚ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ‚ÍøŸÊ ∞∑§òÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ôÊÊŸ¥ÁŒ˝ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ Á‹∞ ø⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
70. Identify the correct statements from the following :

(a) Generally non-metals do not react with water.
(b) Generally non-metals do not react with acids.
(1) Only (a) (2) Only (b) (3) Both (a) and (b) (4) Neither (a) nor (b)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(a) ‚Ê◊ÊãÿÃ— •œÊÃÈ ¡‹ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ–
(b) ‚Ê◊ÊãÿÃ— •œÊÃÈ •ê‹Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ–
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (4) Ÿ ÃÊ (a) Ÿ „Ë (b)
71. A ball is thrown up in the air. It reaches a maximum height and then returns to the thrower.
Which of the following quantities have the same values during the upward and downward motion
of the ball ?
(1) Acceleration (2) Force of gravity (3) Displacement (4) Work done by gravity
∞∑§ ª¥Œ ∑§Ê „flÊ ◊¥ ™§¬⁄U ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U »¥§∑§Ê ªÿÊ– fl„ •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ™°§øÊß¸ Ã∑§ ¬„°ÈøŸ ∑§ ÃÃ˜¬‡øÊÃ »¥§∑§Ÿ flÊ‹ ∑§ ¬Ê‚ flÊ¬‚ •Ê
ªß¸–
ª¥Œ ∑§Ë ©¬Á⁄U◊ÈπË •ÊÒ⁄U •œÊ◊ÈπË ªÁÃ/øÊ‹ ∑§ ‚◊ÿ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ⁄UÊÁ‡ÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÊŸ ◊ÊŸ „Ò?
(1) àfl⁄UáÊ (2) ªÈL§àfl ∑§Ê ’‹ (3) ÁflSÕÊ¬Ÿ (4) ªÈL§àfl mÊ⁄UÊ Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ ∑§Êÿ¸
72. A body has a linear momentum of p and a mass of m. The kinetic energy of the body
is :
p2
(1) p2m (2) 2p2m (3) (4) pm
2m
∞∑§ Á¬¥«U ∑§Ê ⁄ÒUÁπ∑§ ‚¥flª p ÃÕÊ Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ (‚¥„ÁÃ) m „Ò– ªÁÃ¡ ™§¡Ê¸ ÄÿÊ „Ò?
p2
(1) p2m (2) 2p2m (3) (4) pm
2m
73. Which of the following is the most suitable strategy for introducing the students to the concept of
‘chemical reactions’ at upper primary level ?
(1) Explain the concept of valence electrons and electronic configuration
(2) Write the chemical equations in symbolic form and ask students to observe
(3) Define a chemical reaction and give examples
(4) Hold a discussion on chemical reactions which students are likely to have observed in their
lives
©ìÊ ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄U “⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ” ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ‚ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄UÁøÃ ∑§⁄UÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚
∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë •ÁÃ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ „Ò?
(1) ‚¥ÿÊ¡∑§ÃÊ ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ÁflãÿÊ‚ ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(2) ⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ ‚◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÃË∑§Êà◊∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ Á‹πŸÊ ÃÕÊ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ŸÊ
(3) ⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄U÷ÊÁ·Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ ÃÕÊ ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ ŒŸÊ
(4) ©Ÿ ⁄UÊ‚ÊÿÁŸ∑§ •Á÷Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ¬⁄U ¬Á⁄UøøÊ¸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ Ÿ ©Ÿ∑§ ¡ËflŸ ◊¥ ‚¥÷ÊÁflÃ M§¬ ‚ •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄U
⁄UπÊ „Ò
74. Which of the following is a set of animals in which all show external fertilization ?
(1) Hens, lizards, butterflies (2) Lizards, butterflies, frogs
(3) Butterflies, frogs, fish (4) Frogs, fish, starfish
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ©Ÿ ¡¥ÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÈìÊÿ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê „Ò ¡Ê ‚÷Ë ’Ês ÁŸ·øŸ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸Ã „Ò¥?
(1) ◊ÈªË¸, Á¿U¬∑§‹Ë, ÁÃÃ‹Ë (2) Á¿U¬∑§‹Ë, ÁÃÃ‹Ë, ◊¥…∏∑§
(3) ÁÃÃ‹Ë, ◊¥…∏∑§, ◊¿U‹Ë (4) ◊¥…∏∑§, ◊¿U‹Ë, S≈UÊÚ⁄UÁ»§‡Ê
75. Consider the test item given below and match the following :
Column - A Column - B
Unit of force Joule
Symbol of iron HCl
Formula of hydrochloric acid Ag
Unit of work
Symbol of silver Calorie
Symbol of battery Fe
Newton
Which of the following is not a reason that can be given to justify that the item is poorly
constructed ?
(1) For an entry in column A there are at the most two plausible entries in column B
(2) There are unequal entries in column A and B
(3) The matching pairs can be easily guessed
(4) There is inconsistency among entries
ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊáÊ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ÃÕÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ∑§Ê ‚È◊‹ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
∑§ÊÚ‹◊ - A ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ - B
’‹ ∑§Ë ß∑§Êß¸ (◊ÊòÊ∑§) ¡Í‹
‹ÊÒ„ ∑§Ê Áøã„ HCl
„Êß«˛UÊÄ‹ÊÁ⁄U∑§ •ê‹ ∑§Ê ‚ÍòÊ Ag
∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ë ß∑§Êß¸ (◊ÊòÊ∑§)

øÊ°ŒË ∑§Ê Áøã„ ∑Ò§‹Ê⁄UË
’Ò≈U⁄UË ∑§Ê Áøã„ Fe
ãÿÍ≈UŸ
ÿ„ ©ÁøÃ Á‚h ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ¡Ò‚-ÃÒ‚ ’ŸÊ ŒË ªß¸ „Ò ß‚∑§Ê ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÁŒÿÊ ¡Ê
‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ A ◊¥ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝ÁflÁc≈U ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ B ◊¥ •Áœ∑§Ã◊ ŒÊ ÿÈÁÄÃÿÈÄÃ ¬˝ÁflÁc≈UÿÊ° „Ò¥
(2) ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ A •ÊÒ⁄U B ◊¥ •‚◊ÊŸ ¬˝ÁflÁc≈UÿÊ° „Ò¥
(3) Á◊‹Ã „È∞ ÿÈÇ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚⁄U‹ÃÊ ‚ •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ‹ªÊÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò
(4) ¬˝ÁflÁc≈UÿÊ¥ ◊¥ (∑§ ’Ëø ◊¥) Áfl‚¥ªÁÃ „Ò
76. Read the following statements and select the correct option.
Assertion (A) :
Dried raisins when left in plain water for some time swell due to osmosis.
Reason (R) :
Plant cells have a selectively permeable cell membrane.
(1) (A) and (R) are both correct and (R) is the correct explanation for (A).
(2) (A) and (R) are both correct but (R) is not the correct explanation for (A).
(3) (A) is correct but (R) is incorrect.
(4) (A) is incorrect but (R) is correct.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
‚ÍπË „Èß¸ Á∑§‡ÊÁ◊‡Ê ∑§Ê ¡’ ∑È§¿U ‚◊ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚ÊŒ ¡‹ ◊¥ ¿UÊ«∏ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ ÃÊ fl„ ¬⁄UÊ‚⁄UáÊ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ »Í§‹ ¡ÊÃË „Ò–
Ã∑¸§ (R) :
¬ÊŒ¬ ∑§ÊÁ‡Ê∑§Ê•Ê¥ ◊¥ fl⁄UáÊÊà◊∑§ M§¬ ‚ ¬Ê⁄Uªêÿ ∑§ÊÁ‡Ê∑§Ê Á¤ÊÀ‹Ë „ÊÃË „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
77. Which of the following would be a most suitable strategy to introduce the topic ‘deficiency diseases’
at upper primary level ?
(1) Provide a definition of balanced diet and introduce the concept of deficiency.
(2) Arrange for a doctor’s prescription pertaining to a deficiency disease and hold a discussion
around it.
(3) List the various nutrients and the functions they perform in human body.
(4) Hold a discussion on common human diseases.
©ìÊ ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄U “•÷Êfl¡ãÿ ⁄UÊª” Áfl·ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ „ÊªË?
(1) ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã •Ê„Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ÃÕÊ •÷Êfl ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(2) •÷Êfl¡ãÿ ⁄UÊª ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ «UÊÚÄ≈U⁄U (ÁøÁ∑§à‚∑§) ∑§ ¬˝Œ‡ÊŸ ∑§Ë √ÿflSÕÊ ∑§⁄U ©‚ ¬⁄U ¬Á⁄UøøÊ¸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ◊ÊŸfl ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ◊¥ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ¬Ê·∑§Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U Á¡Ÿ Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê fl ÁŸc¬ÊŒŸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ ©‚ ‚ÍøË’h ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ◊ÊŸfl ‚¥’¥œË ⁄UÊªÊ¥ ¬⁄U ¬Á⁄UøøÊ¸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
78. Which of the following best explains the statement ‘science promotes scepticism’ ?
(1) Scientists judge the validity of a claim based on objective empirical evidence
(2) Science is purely inductive in nature
(3) Scientists do not trust the findings of other scientists
(4) Scientists are open-minded and willing to modify their ideas
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ üÊc∆U M§¬ ‚ “ÁflôÊÊŸ ‚¥Œ„flÊŒ ∑§Ê ’…∏ÊflÊ ŒÃÊ „Ò” ∑§ÕŸ ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(1) Áfl·ÿÁŸc∆U •ÊŸÈ÷ÊÁfl∑§ ‚ÊˇÿÊ¥ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ŒÊfl ∑§Ë flÒœÃÊ ∑§Ê •Ê¥∑§Ã „Ò¥
(2) ÁflôÊÊŸ ¬˝∑Î§ÁÃ ◊¥ ‡ÊÈh M§¬ ‚ •Êª◊ŸÊà◊∑§ „Ò
(3) flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U (•ãÿ) flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ¡Ê°ø-¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊Ê¥ ¬⁄U Áfl‡flÊ‚ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥
(4) flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ©ã◊ÈÄÃ ÁfløÊ⁄U flÊ‹ „ÊÃ „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ •¬Ÿ ÁfløÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê M§¬Ê¥ÃÁ⁄UÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ßë¿ÈU∑§ „ÊÃ „Ò¥
79. A box of mass 500 gm is lying on a horizontal table. Which of the following statements is true
regarding the force(s) acting on it ? [g=10 m/s2]
(1) No force acts on it
(2) An unbalanced force of 5 N acts on it in downward direction
(3) A pair of balanced forces acts on it
(4) An unbalanced force of 5 N acts on it in the upward direction
ˇÊÒÁÃ¡ (•ŸÈ¬˝SÕ) ◊¡ (≈U’‹) ¬⁄U ¬«∏ „È∞ ∞∑§ Á«Ué’ (’ÊÚÄ‚) ∑§Ê Œ˝√ÿ◊ÊŸ (‚¥„ÁÃ) 500 ª˝Ê◊ „Ò– ©‚ ¬⁄U ‹ªŸ flÊ‹
’‹/’‹Ê¥ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò? [g=10 m/s2]
(1) ©‚ ¬⁄U ∑§Êß¸ ’‹ ∑§Êÿ¸ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
(2) •œÊ◊ÈπË ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ©‚ ¬⁄U 5 N ∑§Ê •‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã ’‹ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
(3) ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã ’‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ÿÈÇ◊ (ÿÈª‹) ©‚ ¬⁄U ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
(4) ©¬Á⁄U◊ÈπË ÁŒ‡ÊÊ ◊¥ ©‚ ¬⁄U 5 N ∑§Ê •‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã ’‹ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
80. X is a device which is used to see around corners and is based on the principle of Y .
X and Y respectively are :
(1) Telescope, reflection (2) Kaleidoscope, refraction
(3) Periscope, reflection (4) Periscope, dispersion
X ∞∑§ ÿãòÊ „Ò Á¡‚∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ ßŒ¸ÁªŒ¸ ŒπŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ„ Y ∑§ Á‚hÊ¥Ã ¬⁄U •ÊœÊÁ⁄UÃ „Ò–
X •ÊÒ⁄U Y ∑˝§◊‡Ê— „Ò —
(1) ŒÍ⁄UŒ‡Ê¸∑§ (≈U‹ËS∑§Ê¬), ¬⁄UÊflÃ¸Ÿ (2) ’„ÈM§¬Œ‡ÊË¸, •¬flÃ¸Ÿ
(3) ¬Á⁄UŒ‡ÊË¸, ¬⁄UÊflÃ¸Ÿ (4) ¬Á⁄UŒ‡ÊË¸, ¬˝∑§ËáÊ¸Ÿ
81. X and Y are thick, black liquids which can be used for metalling the roads. X is derived from
petroleum and Y is derived from coal. Which of the following can X and Y respectively
be ?
(1) Bitumen, Coal Tar (2) Coal Tar, Charcoal
(3) Charcoal, Bitumen (4) Coal Tar, Bitumen
X •ÊÒ⁄U Y ªÊ…∏ ∑§Ê‹ Œ˝fl „Ò¥ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ‚«∏∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬Ä∑§Ê ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò– X ¬≈˛UÊÁ‹ÿ◊ ‚ √ÿÈà¬ÛÊ „Ò ÃÕÊ
Y ∑§Êÿ‹‚ √ÿÈà¬ÛÊ „Ò– ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ∑˝§◊‡Ê— X •ÊÒ⁄U Y „Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò?
(1) Á’≈ÈU◊Ÿ, ∑§Ê‹ÃÊ⁄U (2) ∑§Ê‹ÃÊ⁄U, øÊ⁄U∑§Ê‹ (∑§Êc∆U-∑§Êÿ‹Ê)
(3) øÊ⁄U∑§Ê‹ (∑§Êc∆U-∑§Êÿ‹Ê), Á’≈ÈU◊Ÿ (4) ∑§Ê‹ÃÊ⁄U, Á’≈ÈU◊Ÿ
82. Which of the following is not desirable with respect to carrying out of a classroom demonstration
by a teacher ?
(1) Rehearse the demonstration before carrying it out in class
(2) Emphasise beforehand the linkages that students are required to make
(3) Supplement the demonstration with explanations
(4) Follow up the demonstration with discussion
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§ÊÿÊ¸ÁãflÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ flÊ¥¿UŸËÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÿÊ¸ÁãflÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê •èÿÊ‚ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(2) ‚◊ÿ ¬Ífl¸ „Ë ©Ÿ •ŸÈ’¥œÊ¥ (‚¥’¥œÊ¥) ¬⁄U ’‹ ŒŸÊ Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò
(3) ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê √ÿÊÅÿÊ•Ê¥ ‚ ‚¥¬Í⁄U∑§ ∑§⁄UŸÊ (¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ)
(4) ¬Á⁄UøøÊ¸ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§Ê •ŸÈª◊Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
83. Which of the following statement(s) is correct ?

(1) Fertilisers are richer in specific nutrients as compared to manure
(2) Fertilisers enhance the water holding capacity of the soil
(3) Fertilisers provide a lot of humus to the soil
(4) Fertilisers increase the number of friendly microbes in soil
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê/‚ ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò/„Ò¥?
(1) πÊŒ ∑§Ë •¬ˇÊÊ ©fl¸⁄U∑§ ¬Ê·∑§Ê¥ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ •Áœ∑§ ‚◊Îh „ÊÃ „Ò¥
(2) ©fl¸⁄U∑§ ◊ÎŒÊ ∑§Ë ¡‹œÊ⁄UáÊ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ ◊¥ flÎÁh ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥
(3) ©fl¸⁄U∑§Ê¥ ‚ ◊ÎŒÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝øÈ⁄U ◊ÊòÊÊ ◊¥ sÍ◊‚ ¬˝ÊåÃ „ÊÃË „Ò
(4) ©fl¸⁄U∑§Ê¥ ‚ ◊ÎŒÊ ◊¥ Á◊òÊ ¡ËflÊáÊÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ◊¥ flÎÁh „Ê ¡ÊÃË „Ò
84. Find the set that correctly matches the plants in column A with the mode of asexual reproduction
which they exhibit :
Column A Column B
(a) Rose (i) Budding
(b) Yeast (ii) Spore formation
(c) Ferns (iii) Fragmentation
(d) Spirogyra (iv) Pollination
(v) Vegetative propagation
(1) (a)-(v), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii) (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(v), (d)-(iii)
(3) (a)-(v), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i) (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
©‚ ‚◊ÈìÊÿ ∑§Ê …Í°Á…∏∞ ¡ÊÁ∑§ ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ A ◊¥ ¬ÊŒ¬Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©Ÿ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝ŒÁ‡Ê¸Ã •‹Ò¥Áª∑§ ¡ŸŸ ∑§Ë ÁflÁœ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚„Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‚
‚È◊‹ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò —
∑§ÊÚ‹◊ A ∑§ÊÚ‹◊ B
(a) ªÈ‹Ê’ (i) ◊È∑È§‹Ÿ
(b) ÿËS≈U (π◊Ë⁄U) (ii) ’Ë¡ÊáÊÈ ⁄UøŸÊ
(c) »§Ÿ¸ (¬áÊÊZª) (iii) π¥«UŸ
(d) S¬Êß⁄UÊªÊß⁄UÊ (iv) ¬⁄UÊªáÊ
(v) ∑§ÊÁÿ∑§ ¬˝flœ¸Ÿ
(1) (a)-(v), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iii) (2) (a)-(iv), (b)-(i), (c)-(v), (d)-(iii)
(3) (a)-(v), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i) (4) (a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(i), (d)-(ii)
85. Which of the following plant disease(s) are caused by bacteria ?
(a) Rust of wheat (b) Citrus tanker (c) Yellow vein mosaic of bhindi
(1) (a) and (b) (2) Only (b) (3) (b) and (c) (4) Only (c)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚ ¬ÊŒ¬ ⁄UÊª (√ÿÊÁœ/’Ë◊Ê⁄UË) ¡ËflÊáÊÈ mÊ⁄UÊ „ÊÃ „Ò¥?
(a) ª„°Í ◊¥ ÉÊÈŸ ‹ªŸÊ (ª„°Í ∑§Ê Á∑§≈˜U≈U) (b) Á‚≈˛U‚ ≈Ò¥U∑§⁄U (c) Á÷¥«UË ∑§Ë ¬ËÃ Á‡Ê⁄UÊ Á∑§◊Ë¸⁄U
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) ∑§fl‹ (b) (3) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (c)
86. The difference between maximum and minimum resistance that can be obtained by connecting
1
three resistances of Ω each is :
3
2 8 1
(1) Ω (2) Ω (3) 1Ω (4) Ω
3 9 9
1
•Áœ∑§Ã◊ •ÊÒ⁄U ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœ ∑§ ’Ëø ∑§Ê •¥Ã⁄U ¡ÊÁ∑§ ¬˝àÿ∑§ 3
Ω ∑§ ÃËŸ ¬˝ÁÃ⁄UÊœÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¡Ê«∏Ÿ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§Ë ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃË
„Ò, fl„ „Ò —
2 8 1
(1) Ω (2) Ω (3) 1Ω (4) Ω
3 9 9
87. A teacher, while teaching the chapter ‘Body Movements’ to class VI students shows the following
images to her students :
A sailing boat, swimming fish and a flying aeroplane. She then asks the students to reflect on the
shape of the images and the manner of movement. Which of the following are likely to be employed
by students in answering ?
(a) Classifying (b) Observing (c) Inductive reasoning (d) Measuring
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (c) and (d) (4) (a) and (d)
∞∑§ Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê •¬Ÿ ∑§ˇÊÊ VI ∑§ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê “‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ◊¥ ªÁÃ” ¬Ê∆U ¬…∏ÊÃ ‚◊ÿ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝ÁÃÁ’ê’ ÁŒπÊÃË
„Ò —
¡‹ÿÊòÊÊ ∑§⁄UÃË ŸÊfl, ÃÒ⁄UÃË ◊¿U‹Ë •ÊÒ⁄U ∞∑§ ©«∏ÃÊ „flÊß¸ ¡„Ê$¡– fl„ ÃÃ˜¬‡øÊÃ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃÁ’ê’Ê¥ ∑§Ë •Ê∑Î§ÁÃ ∞fl¥ ªÁÃ
∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃÁ’Áê’Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ÃË „Ò– ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§Ÿ∑§Ê ‚¥÷ÊÁflÃ M§¬ ‚
ÁŸÿÊÁ¡Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ?
(a) flªË¸∑§⁄UáÊ (b) •fl‹Ê∑§Ÿ (c) •Êª◊ŸÊà◊∑§ Ã∑¸§‡ÊË‹ÃÊ (d) ◊Ê¬Ÿ
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
88. Seed dispersal may be said to help the plants in all of the following except :
(1) over crowding (2) avoid competition for sunlight, water and minerals
(3) invade new habitats (4) produce new varieties
∑§„Ê-¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚÷Ë ◊¥ ’Ë¡ ¬˝∑§ËáÊ¸Ÿ Ÿ ¬ÊŒ¬Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‹Ê÷ ¬„È°øÊÿÊ „Ò (‚„ÊÿÃÊ ∑§Ë „Ò) Á‚flÊÿ —
(1) •ÁÃ‚¥∑È§‹ÃÊ (2) ‚Íÿ¸ ∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê, ¡‹ ∞fl¥ πÁŸ¡Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬˝ÁÃS¬œÊ¸ ≈UÊ‹Ÿ ∑§
(3) Ÿ∞ •ÊflÊ‚Ê¥ ◊¥ •¬ŸË ¬∑§«∏ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ (4) Ÿß¸ Á∑§S◊¥ ©à¬ÛÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§
89. Which of the following is the most suitable reason behind Newtons theory of gravitation being
regarded as an excellent theory ?
(1) It explains larger number of observations by making fewer assumptions
(2) It has been arrived at after thorough experimentation
(3) It has been formulated using the precise language of mathematics
(4) It has been developed over a long period of time
ãÿÍ≈UŸ ∑§ ªÈL§àflÊ∑§·¸áÊ ∑§ Á‚hÊ¥Ã ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ©à∑Î§c≈U Á‚hÊ¥Ã ◊ÊŸŸ ∑§ ¬Ë¿U ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ
„Ò?
(1) ÿ„ ∑§◊ œÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞° ’ŸÊ∑§⁄U ’«∏Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ˇÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò
(2) ß‚ ¬⁄U ¬ÍáÊ¸ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ ¬‡øÊÃ „Ë ¬„È°øÊ ªÿÊ „Ò
(3) ß‚ ¬Á⁄U‡ÊÈh ªÁáÊÃ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄U∑§ ‚ÍòÊ’h Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò
(4) ß‚ ŒËÉÊ¸‚◊ÿ •flÁœ ◊¥ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò
90. Read the following statements carefully and select the correct option.
S1 : Rayon is a synthetic fibre.
S2 : Rayon is made without using any natural raw material.
(1) Both S1 and S2 are true (2) S1 is true and S2 is false
(3) S1 is false and S2 is true (4) Both S1 and S2 are false
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬Á…∏∞ ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
S1 : ⁄UÿÊÚŸ ∞∑§ ‚¥Á‡‹c≈U Ã¥ÃÈ „Ò–
S2 : ⁄UÿÊŸ ∑§Ê Á’ŸÊ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝Ê∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ ∑§ìÊ ◊Ê‹ ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ ’ŸÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(1) S1 fl S2 ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (2) S1 ‚„Ë „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U S2 ª‹Ã „Ò
(3) S1 ª‹Ã „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U S2 ‚„Ë „Ò (4) S1 fl S2 ŒÊŸÊ¥ ª‹Ã „Ò¥
IMPORTANT / ◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸
Candidates have to do questions 31 to 90 EITHER from Part - II (Mathematics and Science) OR from
Part - III (Social Studies / Social Science).
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ 31 ‚ 90 ÿÊ ÃÊ ÷Êª - II (ªÁáÊÃ fl ÁflôÊÊŸ) ÿÊ ÷Êª - III (‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ / ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§
ÁflôÊÊŸ) ‚ ∑§⁄UŸ „Ò¥–
PART - III / ÷Êª - III
SOCIAL STUDIES / SOCIAL SCIENCE - ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •äÿÿŸ / ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ
31. Read the Assertion (A) and Reason (R) carefully :
Assertion (A) :
In 1960, the bilingual state of Bombay was divided into separate states for Marathi and Gujarati
speaking people.
Reason (R) :
In 1966, the state of Punjab was also divided into two States Punjab for Punjabi speakers and
Haryana for Haryanavi or Hindi speakers.
Choose the correct option of the following :
(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) explains (A)
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) does not explain (A)
(3) (A) is true but (R) is false
(4) (A) is false but (R) is true
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
1960 ◊¥ Ám÷Ê·Ë ’ê’ß¸ ¬˝Ê¥Ã ∑§Ê ◊⁄UÊ∆UË •ÊÒ⁄U ªÈ¡⁄UÊÃË ÷Ê·Ë ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ŒÊ •‹ª-•‹ª ⁄UÊíÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ’Ê°≈UÊ ªÿÊ–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
1966 ◊¥ ¬¥¡Ê’ ∑§Ê ÷Ë Áfl÷Ê¡Ÿ ŒÊ ⁄UÊíÿÊ¥ ◊¥ „È•Ê– ¬¥¡Ê’, ¬¥¡Ê’Ë ÷ÊÁ·ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ •ÊÒ⁄U „Á⁄UÿÊáÊÊ, „Á⁄UÿÊáÊflË ÿÊ Á„ãŒË ’Ê‹Ÿ
flÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ∞fl¥ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ∞fl¥ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ Á∑§ãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë–
32. Ladakh is also called Little Tibet due to :
(a) Geographical proximity (b) Religious similarity
(c) Similar cuisines (d) Linguistic similarity
Choose the correct options :
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
__________ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ‹gÊπ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ≈UÊ ÁÃé’Ã ÷Ë ∑§„Ã „Ò¥–
(a) ÷ÊÒªÊÁ‹∑§ ‚Ê◊Ëåÿ (b) œÊÁ◊¸∑§ ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ
(c) ‚◊ÊŸ ÷Ê¡Ÿ (d) ÷Ê·Êß¸ ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
33. Which of the following ideas was questioned by people from the seventh century
onwards ?
(1) Only human beings pass through countless cycles of births.
(2) All human beings are equal at the time of birth.
(3) One could break the cycle of rebirth through personal effort.
(4) Social privileges are a result of one’s birth.
‚ÊÃflË¥ ‡ÊÃÊéŒË ∑§ ¬˝Ê⁄¥U÷ ‚ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ÁfløÊ⁄U ¬⁄U ‹ÊªÊ¥ Ÿ ‚flÊ‹ ©∆UÊŸÊ ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄U ÁŒÿÊ?
(1) ∑§fl‹ ◊ÊŸfl ¡ÊÁÃ ¡ËflŸ ∑§ •Ÿ¥Ã ø∑˝§Ê¥ ‚ ªÈ¡⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(2) ‚÷Ë √ÿÁÄÃ ¡ã◊ ∑§ ‚◊ÿ ‚◊ÊŸ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(3) √ÿÁÄÃªÃ ¬˝ÿÊ‚Ê¥ ‚ ¬ÈŸ¡¸ã◊ ∑§ ø∑˝§ ‚ ¿ÈU≈U∑§Ê⁄UÊ ¬ÊÿÊ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ Áfl‡Ê·ÊÁœ∑§Ê⁄U Á∑§‚Ë ∑§Ê ¡ã◊ ∑§Ê ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ „Ò–
34. The atmosphere is a thin layer of air surrounding the Earth. What keeps the air to remain around
the earth ?
(1) Gravitational force of the Earth (2) Heat of the sun
(3) Rocks and oceans on the earth (4) Gravitational force of moon
¬ÎâflË ∑§ øÊ⁄UÊ¥ •Ê⁄U »Ò§‹Ë flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ¬Ã‹Ë ¬⁄UÃ ∑§Ê flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ ∑§„Ã „Ò¥– ÄÿÊ øË$¡ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ê ¬ÎâflË ∑§ øÊ⁄UÊ¥ •Ê⁄U ’ŸÊ∞ ⁄UπÃË „Ò?
(1) ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ê ªÈL§àflÊ∑§·¸áÊ ’‹ (2) ‚Íÿ¸ ∑§Ë ™§c◊Ê
(3) ¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U ø≈˜≈UÊŸ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊„Ê‚Êª⁄U (4) øÊ°Œ ∑§Ê ªÈL§àflÊ∑§·¸áÊ ’‹
35. Read the Assertion (A) and Reason (R) carefully :
Assertion (A) :
It was during Shah Jahan’s reign that the different elements of Mughal architecture were fused
together in a grand harmonious synthesis.
Reason (R) :
His reign witnessed a huge amount of construction activity especially in Agra and Delhi.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
‡ÊÊ„¡„Ê° ∑§ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ∑§Ê‹ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ◊Èª‹ flÊSÃÈ∑§‹Ê ∑§ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ Ãàfl ∞∑§ ÷√ÿ ‚È‚¥ªÃ ‚¥‡‹·áÊ ◊¥ ‹Êÿ ªÿ–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
©Ÿ∑§ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ◊¥ •Ÿfl⁄UÃ ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ ø‹Ã ⁄U„, Áfl‡Ê· M§¬ ‚ •Êª⁄UÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŒÀ‹Ë ◊¥–
ÁŸê‹Á‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ∞fl¥ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ Á∑§ãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë–
36. Our solar family consists of following celestial bodies :

(1) Constellations, Planets, Sun
(2) Satellites, Planets, Pole star
(3) Sun, Planets, Satellites, Asteroids, Meteroites
(4) Planets, Satellites, Asteroids, Saptarishi
„◊Ê⁄UÊ ‚ÊÒ⁄U ¬Á⁄UflÊ⁄U ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ πªÊ‹Ëÿ Á¬¥«UÊ¥ ‚ ’ŸÊ „Ò —
(1) ŸˇÊòÊ◊¥«U‹, ª˝„, ‚Íÿ¸
(2) ©¬ª˝„, ª˝„, œ˝Èfl ÃÊ⁄UÊ
(3) ‚Íÿ¸, ª˝„, ©¬ª˝„, ˇÊÈŒ˝ª˝„, ©À∑§ÊÁ¬¥«U
(4) ª˝„, ©¬ª˝„, ˇÊÈŒ˝ª˝„, ‚åÃ´§Á·
37. Read the statements (A) and (B) carefully :
(A) : In 1817, James Mill published ‘A History of British India’ in three volumes.
(B) : In this he divided Indian history into three periods - Ancient, Medieval and Modern.
(1) Both (A) and (B) are true (2) Both (A) and (B) are false
(3) (A) is true but (B) is false (4) (A) is false but (B) is true
∑§ÕŸÊ¥, (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —
(A) : ¡ê‚ Á◊‹ Ÿ 1817 ◊¥ “∞ Á„S≈˛UË •ÊÚ»§ Á’˝Á≈U‡Ê ß¥Á«UÿÊ” ÃËŸ ÷ÊªÊ¥ ◊¥ ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡ÊÃ Á∑§ÿÊ–
(B) : ß‚◊¥ ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ßÁÃ„Ê‚ ∑§Ê ÃËŸ ∑§Ê‹Ê¥ - ¬˝ÊøËŸ, ◊äÿ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊœÈÁŸ∑§ ◊¥ ’Ê°≈UÊ „Ò–
(1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ‚„Ë „Ò¥– (2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ª‹Ã „Ò¥–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (B) ª‹Ã– (4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (B) ‚„Ë–
38. Railway network is now extensively being built in mountainous areas. Select the most suitable
reason.
(1) It is easy to construct railways in mountains.
(2) Mountains are highly eroded.
(3) Mountain people are making railways.
(4) There are advanced technological developments to enable it.
¬„Ê«∏Ë ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ •’ ⁄U‹◊Êª¸ ∑§Ê ÁflSÃÎÃ ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ „Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò– •ÁÃ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) ¬„Ê«∏Ê¥ ◊¥ ⁄U‹◊ÊªÊZ ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ •Ê‚ÊŸ „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ¬„Ê«∏ ◊„Ê-ˇÊÁÿÃ „Ò¥–
(3) ¬„Ê«∏Ë ‹Êª ⁄U‹◊ÊªÊZ ∑§Ê ’ŸÊ ⁄U„ „Ò¥–
(4) ß‚ ‚¥÷fl ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ©ãŸÃ ¬˝ÊÒlÊÁª∑§Ë ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚ „È•Ê „Ò–

(A) : In 1770, a terrible famine killed ten million people in Bengal.
(B) : About one-third of the population was wiped out.
∑§ÕŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —
(A) : 1770 ◊¥ ’¥ªÊ‹ ◊¥ ∞∑§ ÷ÿÊŸ∑§ •∑§Ê‹ Ÿ ‹ª÷ª ∞∑§ ∑§⁄UÊ«∏ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ê ◊Ê⁄U «UÊ‹Ê–
(B) : ß‚ •∑§Ê‹ ◊¥ ’¥ªÊ‹ ∑§Ë ∞∑§-ÁÃ„Êß¸ •Ê’ÊŒË πà◊ „Ê ªß¸–
40. Choose the statements that explain the Ganga-Brahmaputra Basin in Indian subcontinent.
(a) Coniferous forests grow in this region.
(b) The Basin lies in sub-tropical region.
(c) The area is dominated by Monsoon climate.
(d) The basin area has a varied topography.
(1) (a), (b), (c) (2) (b), (c), (d) (3) (a), (b), (d) (4) (a), (c), (d)
÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ©¬◊„ÊmË¬ ◊¥ ª¥ªÊ-’˝rÊ¬ÈòÊ ’Á‚Ÿ ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹ ∑§ÕŸ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(a) ß‚ ¬˝Œ‡Ê ◊¥ ‡Ê¥∑È§œÊ⁄UË flŸ ©ªÃ „Ò¥–
(b) ÿ„ ’Á‚Ÿ ©¬ÊcáÊ ◊¥ ÁSÕÃ „Ò–
(c) ß‚ ˇÊòÊ ∑§Ë ¡‹flÊÿÈ ◊ÈÅÿÃ— ◊ÊŸ‚ÍŸË „Ò–
(d) ’Á‚Ÿ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë SÕ‹Ê∑Î§ÁÃ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b), (c) (2) (b), (c), (d) (3) (a), (b), (d) (4) (a), (c), (d)
41. The book ‘Stripurushtulna’ was written by which one of the following reformer ?
(1) Pandita Ramabai (2) Veerasalingam Pantulu
(3) Tarabai Shinde (4) E.V. Ramaswamy Naicker (Periyar)
“SòÊË¬ÈL§·ÃÈ‹ŸÊ” ŸÊ◊∑§ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ë ⁄UøŸÊ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ ‚ÈœÊ⁄U∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ∑§Ë ªß¸ ÕË?
(1) ¬¥Á«UÃÊ ⁄U◊Ê’Êß¸ (2) flË⁄U‡ÊÁ‹¥ª◊ ¬¥ÃÈ‹È
(3) ÃÊ⁄UÊ’Êß¸ Á‡Ê¥Œ (4) ß¸.flË. ⁄UÊ◊ÊSflÊ◊Ë ŸÊÿ∑§⁄U (¬Á⁄UÿÊ⁄U)
42. The earliest evidence of growing crops like wheat and barley are located in which one of the
following places ? Choose the correct option.
(1) Garo hills (2) Malabar hills
(3) Sulaiman and Kirthar hills (4) Nilgiri hills
“ª„Í°” ∞fl¥ “¡ÊÒ” ¡Ò‚ »§‚‹ ©ªÊŸ ∑§ ‚fl¸¬˝Õ◊ ‚Êˇÿ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ SÕÊŸ ◊¥ Á◊‹ „Ò¥? ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ªÊ⁄UÊ Á„À‚ (2) ◊Ê‹Ê’Ê⁄U Á„À‚
(3) ‚È‹◊ÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U Á∑§⁄UÕ⁄U Á„À‚ (4) ŸË‹Áª⁄UË Á„À‚
43. Reasons and Assertions :
Assertion (A) :
Stereotypes prevent people from doing certain things that they are good at.
Reason (R) :
Stereotypes stop us from recognizing unique qualities and skills in individuals and fit them into
one pattern.
(1) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A)
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)
Ã∑¸§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷∑§ÕŸ —

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
M§Á…∏’h œÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞° ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∞‚ ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ‚ ⁄UÊ∑§ÃË „Ò¥ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ fl •ë¿U „Ò¥–
Ã∑¸§ (R) :
M§Á…∏’h œÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞° „◊¥ √ÿÁÄÃ ◊¥ •ŸÊπ ªÈáÊÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ ∑§Ê ŒπŸ ‚ ⁄UÊ∑§ÃË „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ ©ã„¥ ∞∑§ „Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ πÊ°ø ◊¥ ¡«∏ ŒÃË
„Ò–¥
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
44. Which of following two gases make up the bulk of the Atmosphere ?
(1) Nitrogen and Hydrogen (2) Carbondioxide and Oxygen
(3) Nitrogen and Oxygen (4) Ozone and Helium
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ flÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê¥‡Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ŒÊ ªÒ‚¥ „Ò¥?

(1) ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U „Êß«˛UÊ¡Ÿ (2) ∑§Ê’¸Ÿ «UÊß•ÊÚÄ‚Êß«U •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ
(3) ŸÊß≈˛UÊ¡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊÚÄ‚Ë¡Ÿ (4) •Ê$¡ÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U „ËÁ‹ÿ◊
(A) : The Veda Samaj was established in Madras in 1864.
(B) : It was inspired by the Arya Samaj.
∑§ÕŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —
(A) : “flŒ ‚◊Ê¡” ∑§Ë SÕÊ¬ŸÊ 1864 ◊¥ ◊Œ˝Ê‚ ◊¥ „Èß¸–
(B) : flŒ ‚◊Ê¡, •Êÿ¸ ‚◊Ê¡ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ ÕÊ–
46. The Child Marriage Restraint Act was passed in 1929. According to this Act, what was the respective
minimum age approved for marriage, for men and women ?
(1) 20 years and 18 years (2) 18 years and 16 years
(3) 21 years and 18 years (4) 17 years and 15 years
1929 ◊¥
’Ê‹ ÁflflÊ„ ÁŸ·œ •ÁœÁŸÿ◊ ¬ÊÁ⁄UÃ Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ– ß‚ •ÁœÁŸÿ◊ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ¬ÈL§· ÃÕÊ ◊Á„‹Ê ∑§ Á‹∞ ‡ÊÊŒË ∑§Ë
ãÿÍŸÃ◊ •ÊÿÈ ∑˝§◊‡Ê— Á∑§ÃŸË ⁄UπË ªß¸?
(1) 20 fl·¸ ÃÕÊ 18 fl·¸ (2) 18 fl·¸ ÃÕÊ 16 fl·¸
(3) 21 fl·¸ ÃÕÊ 18 fl·¸ (4) 17 fl·¸ ÃÕÊ 15 fl·¸
47. India and Bangladesh are leading producers of jute. Choose the correct statements that support
growth of jute.
(a) It grows well in alluvial soil.
(b) It requires high temperature.
(c) It requires low temperature and low rainfall.
(d) It requires heavy rainfall and humidity.
(1) (a), (b), (c) are correct (2) (a), (b), (d) are correct
(3) (b), (c), (d) are correct (4) (a), (c), (d) are correct
÷Ê⁄UÃ •ÊÒ⁄U ’Ê¥Ç‹ÊŒ‡Ê ¬≈U‚Ÿ (¡Í≈U) ∑§ •ª˝áÊË ©à¬ÊŒ∑§ „Ò¥– ¬≈U‚Ÿ ∑§Ë flÎÁh ∑§Ê ’‹ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹ ∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê øÿŸ
∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(a) ÿ„ ¡‹Ê…∏ ◊ÎŒÊ ◊¥ •ë¿U …¥Uª ‚ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ß‚ ©ëø ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
(c) ß‚ ÁŸêŸ ÃÊ¬◊ÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŸêŸ fl·Ê¸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
(d) ß‚ ÷Ê⁄UË fl·Ê¸ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊŒ˝¸ÃÊ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b), (c) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (2) (a), (b), (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥
(3) (b), (c), (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (4) (a), (c), (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥
48. Winds blow dry leaves down the pavement. How do winds blow ?
(1) Movement of air from high pressure area to low pressure area.
(2) Movement of air from low pressure area to high pressure areas.
(3) Movement of condensed air.
(4) Movement of plants and animals.
¬flŸ ‚«∏∑§ ¬⁄U Áª⁄UË ‚ÍπË ¬ÁûÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©«∏ÊÃË „Ò¥– ¬flŸ ∑Ò§‚ ’„ÃË „Ò?
(1) ©ëø ŒÊ’ ˇÊòÊ ‚ ÁŸêŸ ŒÊ’ ˇÊòÊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ªÁÃ–
(2) ÁŸêŸ ŒÊ’ ˇÊòÊ ‚ ©ëø ŒÊ’ ˇÊòÊ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ªÁÃ–
(3) ‚¥ÉÊÁŸÃ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ë ªÁÃ–
(4) ¬ÊÒœÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ¡Ëfl-¡¥ÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ªÁÃ–
49. Torrid Zone on Earth receives maximum heat as :

(1) it is land locked
(2) it is bounded by oceans
(3) the mid-day sun is exactly overhead
(4) rays of the sun are slanting here
¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U ©cáÊ ∑§Á≈U’¥œËÿ ˇÊòÊ ‚’‚ •Áœ∑§ ™§c◊Ê ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ —
(1) ÿ„ SÕ‹L§h „Ò
(2) ÿ„ ◊„Ê‚Êª⁄UÊ¥ ‚ ÁÉÊ⁄UË „Ò
(3) ŒÊ¬„⁄U ∑§Ê ‚Íÿ¸ ∆UË∑§ Á‚⁄U ∑§ ™§¬⁄U „ÊÃÊ „Ò
(4) ÿ„Ê° ‚Íÿ¸ ∑§Ë Á∑§⁄UáÊ¥ ÁÃ⁄U¿UË „ÊÃË „Ò¥
50. Lines drawn on a globe are known as latitudes and longitudes. What purpose do these lines
serve ?
(1) To make designs on globe
(2) To locate places on earth
(3) To beautify the globe
(4) They are furrows on earth and indicate physical features of the earth
∞∑§ Ç‹Ê’ ¬⁄U πË¥øË ªß¸ ⁄UπÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •ˇÊÊ¥‡Ê •ÊÒ⁄U Œ‡ÊÊ¥Ã⁄U ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ÿ ⁄UπÊ∞° Á∑§‚ ©g‡ÿ ∑§Ê ¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò¥?
(1) Ç‹Ê’ ¬⁄U Á«U$¡ÊßŸ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ
(2) ¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U SÕÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê …Í°U…∏Ÿ ∑§ Á‹ÿ
(3) Ç‹Ê’ ∑§Ê ‚¥ÈŒ⁄U ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ
(4) ÿ ¬ÎâflË ¬⁄U „‹-⁄UπÊ∞° „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ë ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ß¥ÁªÃ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò¥
51. Which one of the following is not true regarding Hindustan Socialist Republican Association (HSRA).
(1) Bhagat Singh and his comrades founded this organisation.
(2) It was founded in 1928 at Firozeshah Kotla in Delhi.
(3) It was founded in 1928 at Amritsar in Punjab.
(4) Members of the HSRA assassinated Saunders, a police officer.
Á„ãŒÈSÃÊŸ ‚Ê‡ÊÁ‹S≈U Á⁄U¬Áé‹∑§Ÿ ∞‚ÊÁ‚∞‡ÊŸ (∞ø.∞‚.•Ê⁄U.∞) ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) ÷ªÃ Á‚¥„ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§ ∑˝§Ê¥ÁÃ∑§Ê⁄UË ‚ÊÁÕÿÊ¥ Ÿ ß‚∑§Ë SÕÊ¬ŸÊ ∑§Ë ÕË–
(2) 1928 ◊¥ ÁŒÀ‹Ë ∑§ Á»§⁄UÊ¡‡ÊÊ„ ∑§Ê≈U‹Ê ◊¥ ß‚∑§Ë SÕÊ¬ŸÊ „Èß¸–
(3) 1928 ◊¥ ¬¥¡Ê’ ∑§ •◊ÎÃ‚⁄U ◊¥ ß‚∑§Ë SÕÊ¬ŸÊ „Èß¸–
(4) ∞ø.∞‚.•Ê⁄U.∞. ∑§ ‚ŒSÿÊ¥ Ÿ ‚Ê¥«U‚¸ ŸÊ◊∑§ ¬ÈÁ‹‚ •»§‚⁄U ∑§Ë „àÿÊ ∑§Ë ÕË–
52. Read the assertion (A) and reason (R) carefully :

Assertion (A) :
The Mahalwari settlement for revenue collection was introduced by Holt Mackenzie.
Reason (R) :
The charge of collecting the revenue and paying it to the company was given to the village headman,
rather than the Zamindar.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
⁄UÊ¡Sfl fl‚Í‹Ë √ÿflSÕÊ “◊„Ê‹flÊ⁄UË ’ãŒÊ’SÃ” ∑§Ë ‡ÊÈL§•ÊÃ „ÊÚÀ≈U ◊∑¥§$¡Ë Ÿ ∑§Ë ÕË–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
⁄UÊ¡Sfl fl‚Í‹Ë ÃÕÊ ∑§ê¬ŸË Ã∑§ ß‚ ¬„È°øÊŸ ∑§Ë Á¡ê◊ŒÊ⁄UË ªÊ°fl ∑§ ¬˝œÊŸ ∑§Ê ŒË ªß¸ Ÿ Á∑§ $¡◊Ë¥ŒÊ⁄U ∑§Ê–
(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ∞fl¥ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥, Á∑§ãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë–
53. Which of the following statements help in sustainable development with reference to present day
resource availability ?
(a) Reducing consumption of resources
(b) Increasing resource use
(c) Recycling resources
(d) Reusing things
(1) (a), (c), (d) (2) (a), (b), (c) (3) (b), (c), (d) (4) (a), (b), (d)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ flÃ¸◊ÊŸ ‚◊ÿ ∑§ ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ©¬‹éœÃÊ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚ÃÃ¬Ê·áÊËÿ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ◊¥ ‚„ÊÿÃÊ
∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(a) ‚¥‚ÊœŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë π¬Ã ∑§Ê ÉÊ≈UÊŸÊ
(b) ‚¥‚ÊœŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©¬ÿÊª ◊¥ flÎÁh
(c) ‚¥‚ÊœŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÈŸ— ø∑˝§áÊ
(d) flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÈŸ— ©¬ÿÊª
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (c), (d) (2) (a), (b), (c) (3) (b), (c), (d) (4) (a), (b), (d)
54. ‘Periyapuranam’, a Tamil work informs us about whom ?

(1) Kings and queens (2) Scholars and poets
(3) Ordinary men and women (4) Soldiers and military generals
“¬Á⁄UÿÊ¬Í⁄UáÊ◊”, ∞∑§ ÃÁ◊‹ ∑Î§ÁÃ „◊¥ Á∑§‚∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ŒÃË „Ò?
(1) ⁄UÊ¡Ê•Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÁŸÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ (2) ÁflmÊŸÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§ÁflÿÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥
(3) ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ ¬ÈL§·Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊Á„‹Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ (4) Á‚¬ÊÁ„ÿÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Òãÿ-¡Ÿ⁄U‹Ê¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥
55. What makes an object or substance a resource ?

(1) Purification (2) Utility or usability
(3) Extraction (4) Discovery of object
ÄÿÊ øË$¡ Á∑§‚Ë flSÃÈ •ÕflÊ ¬ŒÊÕ¸ ∑§Ê ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ’ŸÊÃË „Ò?
(1) ‡ÊÈÁh∑§⁄UáÊ (2) ©¬ÿÊÁªÃÊ •ÕflÊ ¬˝ÿÊíÿÃÊ
(3) ÁŸc∑§·¸áÊ (4) flSÃÈ ∑§Ë πÊ¡
56. The prairies are known as ‘Granaries of the World’. Select the conditions that help in production
of surplus wheat in this region.
(a) People do not use technology here.
(b) People are very hardworking here.
(c) Scientific methods of cultivation are used here.
(d) There is a lack of rainfall in this region.
(1) (a) and (b) are correct (2) (b) and (c) are correct
(3) (a) and (d) are correct (4) (c) and (d) are correct
¬˝•⁄UË ∑§Ê “Áfl‡fl ∑§Ê œÊãÿÊªÊ⁄U” ÷Ë ∑§„Ã „Ò¥– ß‚ ¬˝Œ‡Ê ◊¥ •àÿÁœ∑§ ª„Í° ∑§ ©à¬ÊŒŸ ◊¥ ‚„Êÿ∑§ ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê øÈŸÊfl
∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(a) ÿ„Ê° ‹Êª ¬˝ÊÒlÊÁª∑§Ë ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(b) ÿ„Ê° ‹Êª ’„ÈÃ ¬Á⁄UüÊ◊Ë „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(c) ∑Î§Á· ∑§Ë flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ÁflÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿ„Ê° ¬˝ÿÊª Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(d) ß‚ ¬˝Œ‡Ê ◊¥ fl·Ê¸ ∑§Ë ∑§◊Ë „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) ‚„Ë „Ò¥
(3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ (4) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) ‚„Ë „Ò¥
57. The true representative model of our Earth is :
(1) Map (2) Satellite image (3) Rugby ball (4) Globe
„◊Ê⁄UË ¬ÎâflË ∑§Ê flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ÁŸM§¬∑§ ¬˝ÁÃM§¬ „Ò —
(1) ◊ÊŸÁøòÊ (2) ©¬ª˝„ ‚ ¬˝ÊåÃ ÁøòÊ (3) ⁄UÇ’Ë ª¥Œ (4) Ç‹Ê’
Assertion (A) :
Tribes have rich and unique cultural traditions including their own language and music etc.
Reason (R) :
Land, forests, grasslands and water are regarded as the wealth of the entire tribe and everybody
shares and uses these together.
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) does not explains (A)

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
¡Ÿ¡ÊÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Ê¥S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§-¬⁄Uê¬⁄UÊ∞° Á¡‚◊¥ ©Ÿ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ÃÕÊ ‚¥ªËÃ ÷Ë ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò ’„ÈÃ ‚◊Îh ÃÕÊ ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U „ÊÃË „Ò¥–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
¡◊ËŸ, ¡¥ª‹, ÉÊÊ‚ ∑§ ◊ÒŒÊŸ ÃÕÊ ¬ÊŸË ¬Í⁄U ∑È§Ÿ’ ∑§Ë ‚ê¬ÁûÊ ◊ÊŸË ¡ÊÃË „Ò– Á¡Ÿ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ‚÷Ë ∞∑§ ‚ÊÕ Á◊‹¡È‹∑§⁄U ∑§⁄UÃ
„Ò–¥
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë–
59. The diseases that spread from one person to another through water, food, air etc. are called as :
(1) Genetic diseases (2) Communicable diseases
(3) Acquired diseases (4) Congenital diseases
fl ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ° ¡Ê ∞∑§ √ÿÁÄÃ ‚ ŒÍ‚⁄U √ÿÁÄÃ ∑§Ê - ¡‹, ÷Ê¡Ÿ, flÊÿÈ ßàÿÊÁŒ ‚ »Ò§‹ÃË „Ò, ©‚ —
(1) •ÊŸÈfl¥Á‡Ê∑§ ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ° ∑§„Ã „Ò¥– (2) ‚¥øÊ⁄UáÊËÿ ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ° ∑§„Ã „Ò¥–
(3) ©¬ÊÁ¡¸Ã ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ° ∑§„Ã „Ò¥– (4) ¡ã◊¡ÊÃ ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ° ∑§„Ã „Ò¥–
Assertion (A) :
Dadabhai Naoroji, one of the great leader of Indian National Congress, never become the President
of INC.
Reason (R) :
He was a businessman and publicist settled in London and for sometime a member of the British
Parliament.
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
ŒÊŒÊ÷Êß¸ ŸÊÒ⁄UÊ¡Ë, ¡Ê Á∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ∑§Ê¥ª˝‚ ∑§ ’«∏ ŸÃÊ Õ, ∑§÷Ë ÷Ë ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ∑§Ê¥ª˝‚ ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ’Ÿ–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
fl„ √ÿfl‚ÊÿË •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝øÊ⁄U∑§ Õ– fl ‹¥ŒŸ ◊¥ ⁄U„Ã Õ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑È§¿U ‚◊ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á’˝Á≈U‡Ê ‚¥‚Œ ∑§ ‚ŒSÿ ÷Ë ⁄U„–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò Á∑§ãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë–
61. Assertion (A) :

Teaching of social studies is important at the elementary stage.
Reason (R) :
It sensitises the child to social issues and develops in him/her a respect for difference and diversity.
Choose the correct option from the following :
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
¬˝Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ◊„ûfl¬ÍáÊ¸ „Ò–
Ã∑¸§ (R) :
ÿ„ ’ëø ∑§Ê ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃ ‚¥flŒŸ‡ÊË‹ ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò ÃÕÊ ©‚◊¥ Á÷ãŸÃÊ ∞fl¥ ÁflÁflœÃÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚ê◊ÊŸ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ
„Ò–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
62. Reasons and Assertions :
Assertion (A) :
Many cases of farmer’s suicides have been reported from villages in India.
Reason (R) :
Failure of Monsoons and inability to repay loans leads to distress among farmers.
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)
Ã∑¸§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷∑§ÕŸ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§ ªÊ°flÊ¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ ∑§ß¸ •Êà◊„àÿÊ ∑§ ◊Ê◊‹ Á⁄U¬Ê≈¸U Á∑§∞ ª∞ „Ò¥–
Ã∑¸§ (R) :
◊ÊŸ‚ÍŸ ∑§Ê •÷Êfl •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§$¡¸ (´§áÊ) øÈ∑§Ê ¬ÊŸ ∑§Ë •ˇÊ◊ÃÊ Á∑§‚ÊŸÊ¥ ◊¥ ŒÈπÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ’ŸÃË „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
63. Identify the immediate measures which ensure women’s safety and enable them to take up jobs,
support family income and in becoming self-reliant.
(a) Provision of child-care centres
(b) Reservation of seats for women in parliament
(c) Provision of occupational safety
(d) Pick and drop facility for night shifts
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (a), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
©Ÿ Ãà∑§ÊÁ‹∑§ ©¬ÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ ¡Ê ◊Á„‹Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ÃÕÊ ©ã„¥ ŸÊÒ∑§⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ, ¬ÊÁ⁄UflÊÁ⁄U∑§ •Êÿ ◊¥ ÿÊªŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸ
∞fl¥ •Êà◊ÁŸ÷¸⁄U ’ŸÊŸ ◊¥ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(a) ’Ê‹flÊÁ«∏ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊflœÊŸ
(b) ‚¥‚Œ ◊¥ ◊Á„‹Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Ë≈UÊ¥ ∑§Ê •Ê⁄UˇÊáÊ
(c) √ÿfl‚ÊÁÿ∑§ ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊflœÊŸ
(d) ⁄UÊÃ ∑§Ë ¬Ê‹Ë (Á‡Êç≈U) ∑§ Á‹∞ ‹ÊŸ-‹ ¡ÊŸ ∑§Ë ‚ÈÁflœÊ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (a), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
64. Which of the following statements are true about inquiry approach ?
(a) It encourages problem solving skills.
(b) It helps find ways to gather and evaluate evidence.
(c) Teacher decides the pace of learning.
(d) It is a quick way of learning.
Choose the most appropriate option :
(1) (a) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d) (3) (a), (c) and (d) (4) (a) and (b)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ ∑§ÕŸ ¬Á⁄U¬˝‡Ÿ ©¬Êª◊ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(a) ÿ„ ‚◊SÿÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚È‹¤ÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ˇÊ◊ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ÿ„ ‚Êˇÿ ∞∑§ÁòÊÃ fl ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÃÊ ‹ªÊŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(c) Á‡ÊÁˇÊ∑§Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§Ë ªÁÃ ∑§Ê Ãÿ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò–
(d) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ¡ÀŒË ‚ ‚ËπŸ ∑§Ê Ã⁄UË∑§Ê „Ò–
‚’‚ ©ÁøÃ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (3) (a), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b)
65. Identify a skill-based objective of teaching social sciences from the following options.
(1) To understand the cultures of people living in different societies
(2) To develop an ability to draw a map
(3) To develop a respect for difference and diversity
(4) To acquire knowledge of continents
ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚, ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ¬…∏ÊŸ ∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ •ÊœÊÁ⁄UÃ ©Œ˜Œ‡ÿ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄¥U–
(1) ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ‚◊Ê¡Ê¥ ◊¥ ⁄U„Ÿ flÊ‹ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥S∑Î§ÁÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊¤ÊŸÊ
(2) ŸÄ‡ÊÊ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§Ë ˇÊ◊ÃÊ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) •¥Ã⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁflœÃÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ •ÊŒ⁄U Áfl∑§Á‚Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ◊„ÊŒ˜flË¬Ê¥ ∑§Ê ôÊÊŸ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
66. Consider the following Assertion (A) and Reason (R) and choose the correct option :
Assertion (A) :
The disciplines that make up the social science are history, geography, political science and
economics.
Reason (R) :
There is interrelationship between the disciplines.
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) does not explains (A)
ÁŸêŸ •Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§⁄¥U ÃÕÊ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
ÁfllÊ Áfl‡Ê· ¡Ê ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê ’ŸÊÃË „Ò¥ fl „Ò¥ ßÁÃ„Ê‚, ÷ÍªÊ‹, ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ÃÕÊ •Õ¸‡ÊÊSòÊ–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
ßŸ ÁfllÊ Áfl‡Ê·Ê¥ ◊¥ •¥Ã—‚¥’¥œ „Ò¥–
(1) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) (A) •ÊÒ⁄U (R) ŒÊŸÊ¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) (A) ‚„Ë „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ª‹Ã „Ò–
(4) (A) ª‹Ã „Ò ¬⁄UãÃÈ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
67. While evaluating social science the following questions will help to understand its
objectives :
(a) What skills are emphasised in the syllabus ?
(b) Is it derived from a standard text or combination of texts ?
(c) How detailed is the outline of syllabus ?
(d) What level of competence is demanded of learner on each social science skill ?
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (a) and (d) (3) (a), (b) and (c) (4) (a), (b) and (d)
‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡Ÿ ß‚∑§Ê ©g‡ÿ ‚◊¤ÊŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄¥Uª —
(a) ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ ◊¥ Á∑§Ÿ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹Ê¥ ¬⁄U ’‹ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò?
(b) ÄÿÊ ÿ„ Á∑§‚Ë ∞∑§ ◊ÊŸ∑§ ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§ ‚ Á‹ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò ÿÊ ∑§ß¸ ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ‚?
(c) ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ ∑§Ë M§¬⁄UπÊ Á∑§ÃŸË ÁflSÃÎÃ „Ò?
(d) •Áœª◊∑§ÃÊ¸ ‚ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ ¬˝àÿ∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ ◊¥ Á∑§‚ SÃ⁄U ∑§Ë ‚ˇÊ◊ÃÊ •¬ÁˇÊÃ „Ò?
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
68. The Indian judiciary upholds the rule of law, without any fear or external influence, and maintains
effective control over the actions of the government because of :
(1) Supremacy of judiciary in India
(2) Independence of judiciary in India
(3) Judicial activism
(4) Democratic values enshrined in Indian Constitution
÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ãÿÊÿ¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê Á’ŸÊ Á∑§‚Ë ÷ÿ •ÕflÊ ’Ê„⁄UË Œ’Êfl ∑§ ∑§ÊŸÍŸ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ∑§Ë ⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò ÃÕÊ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ¬⁄U
¬˝÷ÊflË ÁŸÿ¥òÊáÊ ’ŸÊ∞ ⁄UπÃË „Ò Á¡‚∑§Ë fl¡„ „Ò —
(1) ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ãÿÊÿ¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê ∑§Ë ‚flÊ¸ëøÃÊ
(2) ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ãÿÊÿ¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê ∑§Ë SflÃ¥òÊÃÊ
(3) ãÿÊÁÿ∑§ ‚Á∑˝§ÿflÊŒ
(4) ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÁÃc∆UÊÁ¬Ã ‹Ê∑§ÃÊ¥ÁòÊ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿ
69. Which of the following is not a characteristic of continuous comprehensive evaluation ?

(1) It makes evaluation an integral part of the teaching-learning process.
(2) It focuses on all-round development of the child’s personality.
(3) It includes an assessment of scholastic as well as co-scholastic aspects of the students growth.
(4) It focuses on marks based evaluation of student’s work.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚ÃÃ •ÊÒ⁄U √ÿÊ¬∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ÿ„ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ-•Áœª◊ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§Ê •Á÷ãŸ •¥ª ’ŸÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§ √ÿÁÄÃàfl ∑§ ‚flÊZªËáÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ¬⁄U ∑˝¥§ÁŒÃ „Ò–
(3) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§ ‡ÊÒÁˇÊ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚„-‡ÊÒÁˇÊ∑§ ¬„‹È•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ë •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§ •¥∑§ •ÊœÊÁ⁄UÃ ∑§Êÿ¸ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ¬⁄U ∑¥§ÁŒ˝Ã „Ò–
70. Many workshops and factories located in industrial areas employ casual workers because :
(a) They can hire and fire them according to their convenience.
(b) They save on salaries and other job benefits which are paid to the permanent workers.
(c) Casual workers work long hours without demanding overtime wages.
(d) Casual workers are more hard working as compared to permanent ones.
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
•ÊÒlÊÁª∑§ ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ ÁSÕÃ ∑§ß¸ ∑§Ê⁄U$πÊŸ ÃÕÊ »Ò§Ä≈UÁ⁄UÿÊ° ◊¥ •SÕÊÿË üÊÁ◊∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ⁄UπÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò, ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ —
(a) fl ©ã„¥ •¬ŸË ‚ÈÁflœÊŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄Uπ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŸ∑§Ê‹ ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(b) fl SÕÊÿË ∑§Á◊¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á◊‹Ÿ flÊ‹ flÃŸ ÃÕÊ •ãÿ ŸÊÒ∑§⁄UË ‚¥’¥œË Á„Ã ‹Ê÷Ê¥ ¬⁄U ’øÃ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(c) •SÕÊÿË ∑§◊Ë¸ Á’ŸÊ ‚◊ÿÊ¬Á⁄U ÷ûÊÊ¥ ∑§Ë ◊Ê°ª Á∑§∞ ‹¥’ ‚◊ÿ Ã∑§ ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
(d) SÕÊÿË ∑§Á◊¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ◊¥ •SÕÊÿË ∑§◊Ë¸ •Áœ∑§ ¬Á⁄üÊ◊Ë „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
71. Fill in the blank with correct option.
An alert and vigilant public is necessary for developing a strong __________.
(1) Monarchy (2) Democracy
(3) Oligarchy (4) Autocracy
Á⁄UÄÃ SÕÊŸ ∑§Ê ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ‚ ÷⁄¥U–
∞∑§ ŒÎ…∏ __________ ∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚Ã∑¸§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚¡ª ¡ŸÃÊ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò–
(1) ⁄UÊ¡Ã¥òÊ (2) ‹Ê∑§Ã¥òÊ
(3) ªÈ≈UÃ¥òÊ (4) ∞∑§Ã¥òÊ
72. In Indian secularism, the state maintains a “Principled distance” with respect to religion. This
means that :
(a) State could interfere in religious matters on the basis of ideals laid out in the Constitution.
(b) State and religion can interfere in each other’s matters.
(c) State and religion cannot transgress each other’s boundaries.
(d) State can regulate religious affairs when need arises.
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (d) (3) (a) and (d) (4) (c) and (d)
÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ œ◊¸ÁŸ⁄U¬ˇÊÃÊ ◊¥, ⁄UÊíÿ, œ◊¸ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ∞∑§ ““‚ÒhÊ¥ÁÃ∑§ ŒÍ⁄UË”” ’ŸÊ∞ ⁄UπÃÊ „Ò– ß‚∑§Ê •Õ¸ „Ò —
(a) ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ •ÊŒ‡ÊÊZ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U ⁄UÊíÿ œÊÁ◊¸∑§ ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ◊¥ „SÃˇÊ¬ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ⁄UÊíÿ •ÊÒ⁄U œ◊¸ ∞∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U ∑§ ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ◊¥ „SÃˇÊ¬ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(c) ⁄UÊíÿ •ÊÒ⁄U œ◊¸ ∞∑§ ŒÍ‚⁄U ∑§Ë ‚Ë◊Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ©À‹¥ÉÊŸ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(d) •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ ¬«∏Ÿ ¬⁄U ⁄UÊíÿ œÊÁ◊¸∑§ ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸÿ¥ÁòÊÃ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
73. Assertion and Reason :
Assertion (A) :
Open-book exams shift the focus away from rote learning to a more involved engagement with the
textbook.
Reason (R) :
Open-book exams reduce the burden of students as they don’t need to prepare for the exam
beforehand.
(2) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)
(3) Only (A) is true
(4) Only (R) is true
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ —
•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) :
πÈ‹Ë ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ⁄U≈U∑§⁄U ‚ËπŸ ‚ „≈U∑§⁄U Á∑§ÃÊ’Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ‚¥’¥œ SÕÊÁ¬Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ¬⁄U ∑§ÁãŒ˝Ã „ÊÃË „Ò–
∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) :
πÈ‹Ë ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ê⁄U ∑§◊ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ ß‚‚ ©ã„¥ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ∑§Ë ÃÒÿÊ⁄UË ¬„‹ ‚ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UŸË ¬«∏ÃË–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) fl (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R) ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò (A) ∑§Ë–
(2) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) fl (R) ‚„Ë „Ò¥ ÃÕÊ (R), (A) ∑§Ë ‚„Ë √ÿÊÅÿÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ–
(3) ∑§fl‹ (A) ‚„Ë „Ò–
(4) ∑§fl‹ (R) ‚„Ë „Ò–
74. Following are some questions/comments that you have received from your students in a class.
Which question reflects the student’s ability to critically look at the issue of poverty and
inequality ?
(1) Why is it that luxury cars and beggars can both be seen at traffic signals ?
(2) Why can’t poor people work harder to improve their lives ?
(3) When will India become developed and get rid of poverty ?
(4) Why does government give free goods to the poor ? Won’t it make them
lazy ?
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ¬˝‡Ÿ/Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ° •Ê¬Ÿ •¬ŸË ∞∑§ ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§Ë „Ò¥– ßŸ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∑§ ª⁄UË’Ë
fl •‚◊ÊŸÃÊ ∑§ ◊Èg ¬⁄U •Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ŒÎÁc≈ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃÁ’¥Á’Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò?
(1) ∞‚Ê ÄÿÊ¥ „Ò Á∑§ Áfl‹Ê‚ ∑§Ê⁄¥U •ÊÒ⁄U Á÷πÊ⁄UË ŒÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê „◊ ≈˛ÒUÁ»§∑§ Á‚ÇŸ‹ ¬⁄U Œπ ¬ÊÃ „Ò¥?
(2) ª⁄UË’ ‹Êª •¬ŸË ¡ËflŸ ÁSÕÁÃ ‚ÈœÊ⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •ÊÒ⁄U •Áœ∑§ ◊„ŸÃ ÄÿÊ¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ?
(3) ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§’ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã „ÊªÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ª⁄UË’Ë ‚ ◊ÈÄÃ „ÊªÊ?
(4) ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ª⁄UË’Ê¥ ∑§Ê ◊ÈçÃ ‚Ê◊ÊŸ ÄÿÊ¥ ŒÃË „Ò? ÄÿÊ ÿ„ ©ã„¥ •Ê‹‚Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ ’ŸÊ ŒªÊ?
75. Which of the following statements is irrelevant representation of diagnostic evaluation ?
(1) They are used for comparing the learning achievements of all the students in class.
(2) They are conducted during the instructional process.
(3) They help to identify learning difficulties.
(4) They are usually followed by remedial classes.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ŸÒŒÊÁŸ∑§ ◊ÍÀÿÊ¥∑§Ÿ ∑§Ê •‚¥ªÃ ÁøòÊáÊ „Ò?
(1) ß‚∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§ ‚÷Ë ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ‚ËπË ©¬‹ÁéœÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ß‚∑§Ê ‚¥øÊ‹Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
(3) ÿ„ ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ •ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ¬⁄U‡ÊÊÁŸÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ÿ„ ¬˝Êÿ— ©¬øÊ⁄UË ∑§ˇÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ ’ÊŒ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò–
76. At which stage of school education as per NCF 2005, are social science topics independently
introduced to students in textbooks ?
Choose the correct option of the following.
(1) Primary Stage (2) Upper Primary Stage
(3) Secondary Stage (4) Higher Secondary Stage
∞Ÿ.‚Ë.∞»§. 2005 ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U, S∑Í§‹Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ∑§ Á∑§‚ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§ Áfl·ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê SflÃ¥òÊ M§¬ ‚ ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ◊¥
ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ ∑§⁄UÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò?
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U (2) ©ëø ¬˝ÊÕÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U
(3) ◊ÊäÿÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U (4) ©ëø ◊ÊäÿÁ◊∑§ SÃ⁄U
77. Which of the following is true about sources ?

(a) They are more concrete in nature
(b) They are all historical in nature
(c) They are objective
(d) They include accounts of eye witness and personal letters
(1) (a) and (d) (2) (a) and (b) (3) (a), (b) and (c) (4) (a), (c) and (d)
ÁŸêŸ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê dÊÃÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë „Ò¥?
(a) fl •Áœ∑§ ∆UÊ‚ ¬˝∑Î§ÁÃ ∑§ „ÊÃ „Ò¥
(b) fl ‚÷Ë ∞ÁÃ„ÊÁ‚∑§ ¬˝∑Î§ÁÃ ∑§ „ÊÃ „Ò¥
(c) fl flSÃÈÁŸc∆U „ÊÃ „Ò¥
(d) ß‚◊¥ ¬˝àÿˇÊŒÁ‡Ê¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ éÿÊÒ⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U √ÿÁÄÃªÃ ¬òÊ ÷Ë ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò¥
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (a), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
78. Which of the following classroom activities will help students critically look at the role of media in
society ?
(a) Asking students to have a classroom discussion on the topic ‘can the govt. prevent certain
news from being aired on T.V ? Why might it do so ?’
(b) Asking students to bring clippings from different newspapers on the same issue and make
comparisons regarding how they have reported it.
(c) Asking students to collect news items they have received in whatsapp groups or through
social media platforms and using them as pedagogic resources.
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (a) and (c) (3) (b) and (c) (4) (a), (b) and (c)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚◊Ê¡ ◊¥ ◊ËÁ«UÿÊ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê ∑§Ê •Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ŒÎÁc≈U ‚ ŒπŸ ◊¥
◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UªË?
(a) “ÄÿÊ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U Á∑§‚Ë π’⁄U ∑§Ê ≈UËflË ¬⁄U ø‹ÊŸ ‚ ⁄UÊ∑§ ‚∑§ÃË „Ò? fl„ ∞‚Ê ÄÿÊ¥ ∑§⁄UªË?” Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ∑§ˇÊÊ
◊¥ ¬Á⁄UøøÊ¸ ∑§⁄UflÊŸÊ–
(b) Á∑§‚Ë ∞∑§ ◊Èg ¬⁄U ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê •‹ª-•‹ª •π’Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ∑§Ã⁄UŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ß∑§≈˜U∆UÊ ∑§⁄UÊŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ©Ÿ∑§ Áflfl⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ∑§⁄UŸ
∑§Ê ∑§„ŸÊ–
(c) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ‚ √„Ê≈˜‚∞¬ •ÊÒ⁄U •ãÿ ‚Ê‡Ê‹ ◊ËÁ«UÿÊ ¬⁄U •Êß¸ π’⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∞∑§òÊ ∑§⁄UflÊŸÊ ÃÕÊ ©‚∑§Ê ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ∑§ M§¬
◊¥ ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)
79. For teaching which of the following topics, a tree chart would be best suited ?
(1) To give summary of reign of a ruler
(2) To illustrate the hierarchy of historical events in a particular era, such as wars, revolutions or
social movements
(3) To teach modern history
(4) Distribution of demographic variables such as age, gender, race etc
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§‚ Áfl·ÿ ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ≈˛UË-øÊ≈¸U •ÁÃ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ ⁄U„ªÊ?
(1) ‡ÊÊ‚∑§ ∑§ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ∑§Ê‹ ∑§Ê ‚Ê⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(2) ∞∑§ Áfl‡Ê· ∑§Ê‹ ◊¥ ∞ÁÃ„ÊÁ‚∑§ ÉÊ≈UŸÊ•Ê¥, ¡Ò‚ ÿÈhÊ¥, ∑˝§Ê¥ÁÃÿÊ° •ÕflÊ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •Ê¥ŒÊ‹ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ¬ŒÊŸÈ∑˝§◊ ∑§Ê ‚ÁøòÊ
ÁŒπÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(3) •ÊœÈÁŸ∑§ ßÁÃ„Ê‚ ¬…∏ÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(4) •ÊÿÈ, ¡Ò¥«U⁄U, ŸS‹ ßàÿÊÁŒ ¡Ò‚ ¡Ÿ‚Ê¥ÁÅÿ∑§Ë ø⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ÁflÃ⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞
80. Which of the following resources/strategies can make a social science classroom
inclusive ?
(1) Display of stories and photos of people from various communities and regions.
(2) Teaching only dominant views of society.
(3) Avoiding examples from immediate environment.
(4) Encouraging only answers from textbooks.
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚¥‚ÊœŸ/⁄UáÊŸËÁÃ ∞∑§ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊Êfl‡ÊË ’ŸÊ ‚∑§ÃË „Ò?
(1) ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ‚◊ÈŒÊÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§Ë ∑§„ÊÁŸÿÊ° •ÊÒ⁄U ÃSflË⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(2) ∑§fl‹ ‚◊Ê¡ ∑§ ¬˝÷Èàfl ÁfløÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á‚πÊŸÊ–
(3) •Ê‚¬Ê‚ ∑§ ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊÊ¥ ‚ ’øŸÊ–
(4) ∑§fl‹ ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ‚ ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ¬˝Êà‚Ê„Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
81. It is possible that there might be students belonging to marginalised sections in your class. So,
when you are talking about the notion of marginalisation, which of the following things should
you keep in mind before introducing the topic ?
(a) Taking names of particular communities might cause discomfort to those belonging to those
communities.
(b) Such issues need to be handled with sensitivity.
(c) Some students might feel shame in talking about their experiences of discrimination.
(d) Students should be forced to share their experiences.
Choose the most appropriate option :
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (a) and (c) (3) (a), (b) and (c) (4) (a), (b) and (d)
∞‚Ê ‚¥÷fl „Ò Á∑§ •Ê¬∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ „ÊÁ‡ÊÿÊß¸ ‚◊ÈŒÊÿ ∑§ ¿UÊòÊ ÷Ë „Ê¥, ß‚Á‹∞ ¡’ •Ê¬ „ÊÁ‡Êÿ∑§⁄UáÊ ¬⁄U ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ’ÊÃ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„¥ „Ê¥
ÃÊ Áfl·ÿ ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UÃ „È∞ •Ê¬∑§Ê ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ Á∑§Ÿ ’ÊÃÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ⁄UπŸÊ øÊÁ„∞?
(a) πÊ‚ ‚◊ÈŒÊÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ ‹Ÿ ¬⁄U ©Ÿ ‚◊ÈŒÊÿÊ¥ ‚ •Ê∞ ‹Êª •‚„¡ ◊„‚Í‚ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(b) ß‚ Ã⁄U„ ∑§ ◊ÈgÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥flŒŸ‡ÊË‹ÃÊ ‚ ‚¥÷Ê‹ŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(c) ∑È§¿U ¿UÊòÊ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ „È∞ ÷Œ÷Êfl ∑§Ê ‚Ê¤ÊÊ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ‡ÊÁ◊ZŒÊ ◊„‚Í‚ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥–
(d) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ¡’⁄UŸ •¬Ÿ •ŸÈ÷fl ‚Ê¤ÊÊ ∑§⁄UÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) (a) ÃÕÊU (b) (2) (a) ÃÕÊ (c) (3) (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (c) (4) (a), (b) ÃÕÊ (d)
82. Which of the following is/are features of a project work ?
(a) They provide opportunity to the students to go beyond the textbook.
(b) A project work should ideally be done at home so that there is more time for teaching in
class.
(c) A group project helps develop collaborative skills in students.
Choose the most appropriate answer :
(1) Only (a) (2) (a) and (b) (3) (a) and (c) (4) (b) and (c)
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê/‚ ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ë ÁflÁ‡Êc≈UÃÊ/ÁflÁ‡Êc≈UÃÊ∞° „Ò/„Ò¥?
(a) ÿ„ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§ ‚ •Êª ¡ÊŸ ∑§Ê ◊ÊÒ∑§Ê ŒÃË „Ò–
(b) ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ ÉÊ⁄U ¬⁄U „Ë ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ ÃÊÁ∑§ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Áœ∑§ ‚◊ÿ Á◊‹ ‚∑§–
(c) ‚Ê◊ÍÁ„∑§ ¬Á⁄UÿÊ¡ŸÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ‚„ÿÊªÊà◊∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ ∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò–
‚„Ë ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —
(1) ∑§fl‹ (a) (2) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (3) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)
83. What is the advantage of field work as a method of social science ?

(1) Provides students first hand knowledge
(2) Develops skills of presenting, proposing and arguing
(3) Helps to memorize facts
(4) Helps in testing knowledge of the students
‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¬hÁÃ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ˇÊòÊ ∑§Êÿ¸ (»§ËÀ«U fl∑¸§) ∑§ ÄÿÊ ‹Ê÷ „Ò¥?
(1) ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝àÿˇÊ ôÊÊŸ ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ, ¬˝SÃÊfl ∑§⁄UŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U Ã∑¸§ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ Áfl∑§Á‚Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(3) ÃâÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊŒ ⁄UπŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ ôÊÊŸ ¬⁄UËˇÊáÊ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
84. Why do elections take place after a fixed time interval in democracy ?
(a) To ensure accountability of the government
(b) To ensure equal political participation by the parties
(c) To encourage political debate and public dialogue
(d) It is a customary practice
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
‹Ê∑§Ã¥òÊ ◊¥ ∞∑§ ÁŸÁ‡øÃ ‚◊ÿ •¥Ã⁄UÊ‹ ∑§ ¬‡øÊÃ „Ë øÈŸÊfl ÄÿÊ¥ „ÊÃ „Ò¥?
(a) ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ©ûÊ⁄UŒÊÁÿàfl ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(b) Œ‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚◊ÊŸ ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ ÷ÊªËŒÊ⁄UË ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(c) ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ flÊŒ-ÁflflÊŒ ÃÕÊ ¡Ÿ ‚¥flÊŒ ∑§Ê ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞
(d) ÿ„ ∞∑§ ¬˝ÕÊªÃ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò
‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
85. Which is the best method to teach the concept of ‘Insolation’ ?
(1) Case study (2) Brain-storming (3) Demonstration (4) Survey
“•ÊÃ¬Ÿ” ∑§Ë •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ ¬…∏ÊŸ ∑§Ê ‚’‚ •ë¿UÊ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê „Ò?
(1) ∑§‚ S≈U«UË (2) ÁfløÊ⁄U-◊¥ÕŸ (3) ¬˝Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ (4) ‚fl¸ˇÊáÊ
86. The statement, ‘The Indian Constitution provides safeguards to religious and linguistic minorities
as part of Fundamental Rights’ infers that :
(a) it protects minorities against possible cultural domination by the majority.
(b) it protects minorities from any discrimination by the majority.
(c) it safeguards minority interests.
(d) it guarantees economic opportunities to minorities.
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
∑§ÕŸ, “÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚¥ÁflœÊŸ œÊÁ◊¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Ê·ÊÿË •À¬‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊflœÊŸ ◊ÊÒÁ‹∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ‚ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò”, ÿ„
•ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ‹ªÊÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ —
(a) ÿ„ ’„È‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ‚¥÷Ê√ÿ ‚Ê¥S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ ¬˝÷Èàfl ∑§ ‚◊ˇÊ •À¬‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(b) ÿ„ ’„È‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ Á∑§‚Ë Ã⁄U„ ∑§ ÷Œ÷Êfl ‚ •À¬‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(c) ÿ„ •À¬‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ ∑§ Á„ÃÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(d) ÿ„ •À¬‚¥Åÿ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê •ÊÁÕ¸∑§ •fl‚⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ªÊ⁄¥U≈UË ¬˝ŒÊŸ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
87. Which of the following is most appropriate for reducing curricular load of Social Science
syllabus ?
(a) Minimising the emphasis on memorizing facts and focus on comprehension.
(b) Focusing on conceptual clarity.
(c) Skipping certain topics from the textbook based on exam directives and teacher’s lacks of
familiarity with the theme.
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) Only (a) and (b)
(3) Only (b) and (c) (4) Only (a) and (c)
‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ ∑§ ÷Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ÄÿÊ ‚’‚ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ „Ò?
(a) ÃâÿÊ¥ ∑§ S◊⁄UáÊ ¬⁄U ãÿÍŸÃ◊ ’‹ ŒŸÊ ÃÕÊ ‚◊¤ÊŸ ¬⁄U ∑§ÁãŒ˝Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(b) ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊ•Ê¥ ∑§ S¬c≈UË∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ê ∑§ÁãŒ˝Ã ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(c) ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ∑§ Áfl·ÿflSÃÈ ‚ •ŸÁ÷ôÊÃÊ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ¬Ê∆K¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§ ∑È§¿U Áfl·ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ«∏
ŒŸÊ
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) ∑§fl‹ (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b)
(3) ∑§fl‹ (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (4) ∑§fl‹ (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (c)
88. Two Fundamental Rights which the marginalized groups can invoke, to insist that they be treated
with dignity and as equals, are :
(a) Right to Equality
(b) Cultural and Educational Rights
(c) Right against Exploitation
(d) Right to Liberty
Choose the correct answers :
(1) (a) and (b) (2) (b) and (c) (3) (c) and (d) (4) (a) and (d)
ŒÊ ◊ÊÒÁ‹∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U Á¡Ÿ∑§Ë ◊Ê°ª ¬⁄U „ÊÁ‡ÊÿÊ∑Î§Ã ‚◊Í„ ’‹ Œ ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥, ÃÊÁ∑§ ©Ÿ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ÷Ë ªÁ⁄U◊Ê◊ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ ∑§Ê
√ÿfl„Ê⁄U Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞ , fl „Ò¥ —
(a) ‚◊ÊŸÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U
(b) ‚Ê¥S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ •ÊÒ⁄ ‡ÊÒˇÊÁáÊ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U
(c) ‡ÊÊ·áÊ ∑§ ÁflL§h •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U
(d) SflÃ¥òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U
‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (b) (2) (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (3) (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
89. Consider the following assessment questions (A) and (B) related to the working of the state
government.
(A) : What is the purpose of a press conference ? How is it different from a Legislative Assembly
debate ?
(B) : What is the term used to refer to elected representatives who are not members of the ruling
party and who play the role of questioning govt. decisions ?
(1) (A) tests conceptual knowledge whereas (B) tests factual knowledge.
(2) (A) tests factual knowledge whereas (B) tests conceptual knowledge.
(3) Both (A) and (B) test conceptual knowledge.
(4) Both (A) and (B) test factual knowledge.
⁄UÊíÿ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ •Ê∑§‹Ÿ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U ∑§⁄¥U–
(A) : ¬˝‚flÊÃÊ¸ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ©g‡ÿ „ÊÃÊ „Ò? ÿ„ ÁflœÊŸ‚÷Ê ◊¥ „ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ’„‚ ‚ Á∑§‚ Ã⁄U„ •‹ª „Ò?
(B) : ©Ÿ ÁŸflÊ¸ÁøÃ ¬˝ÁÃÁŸÁœÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á∑§‚ ‡ÊéŒ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª „ÊÃÊ „Ò ¡Ê ‚ûÊÊ Œ‹ ∑§ ‚ŒSÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃ ÃÕÊ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ »Ò§‚‹Ê¥
¬⁄U ‚flÊ‹ ©∆UÊÃ „Ò¥?
‚„Ë Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (A) ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò ¡’Á∑§ (B) ÃâÿÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë–
(2) (A) ÃâÿÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò ¡’Á∑§ (B) ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë–
(3) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ‚¥∑§À¬ŸÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò–
(4) ŒÊŸÊ¥ (A) ÃÕÊ (B) ÃâÿÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ¡Ê°ø ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–
90. The distinctiveness of Adivasi societies is attributed to :
(a) prevalence of caste system
(b) practice of a range of tribal religions distinct from other prevalent religions
(c) distinct language use
(d) presence of little hierarchy
(1) (a), (b) and (c) (2) (b), (c) and (d)
(3) (a), (b) and (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) and (d)
•ÊÁŒflÊ‚Ë ‚◊Ê¡ ∑§Ë ÁflÁ‡Êc≈UÃÊ ∑§Ê üÊÿ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò —
(a) ¡ÊÁÃ √ÿflSÕÊ ∑§ ¬˝ø‹Ÿ ∑§Ê
(b) ŒÍ‚⁄U ¬˝øÁ‹Ã œ◊ÊZ ‚ Á÷ãŸ, •Ÿ∑§ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ¡Ÿ¡ÊÃËÿ œ◊ÊZ ∑§ ¬Ê‹Ÿ ∑§Ê
(c) ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§Ê
(d) ™°§ø-ŸËø ∑§Ë ∑§◊ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ ∑§Ê
‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞–
(1) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (c) (2) (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
(3) (a), (b) •ÊÒ⁄U (d) (4) (a), (b), (c) •ÊÒ⁄U (d)
PART - IV
LANGUAGE - I : ENGLISH
IMPORTANT : Candidates should attempt questions from Part-IV (Q. No. 91-120), if they have opted
for ENGLISH as LANGUAGE-I only.
Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow. (91-99)
1. We were walking across the garden when my daughter spotted a cluster of familiar red flowers.
She pulled me to one side and then, looking excitedly at me as though she had a secret to share, she
pulled me down to her height and whispered in my ears. I shot up straight almost as soon as she
had finished her sentence. With my mouth ajar, I was about to tell her that it was probably not a
good idea to do so when I was transported to the time when I was around her age.
2. It had been a rather long day from school and I was dead tired. I was walking along the pathway
that was lined with many ixora plants when my friend grabbed me by the arm. Before I could do
anything, he gleefully plucked a single flower from the cluster and showed it to me. Unimpressed,
I was not about to be swayed by a puny flower and was about to admonish him when he turned
the flower upside down to show me a tiny almost invisible thread-like thing that protruded out
from its stalk.
3. He pulled the faint yellowish thread and right at the end of it, a tiny drop of nectar appeared. At
least, that was what I think it was, as it was really quite sweet. That day we raided the ixora
plants. We really had a lot of fun. I could still taste the sweetness till today. My daughter’s urgent
tug brought me back to reality. I turned to my daughter and decided that she too needed to know
the joy of tasting sweet nectar from beautiful blooms.
91. Identify the parts of speech of the underlined words.

I was transported to the time when I was around her age.
(1) noun, verb (2) adjective, preposition
(3) noun, preposition (4) noun, adverb
92. From the given anecdote, one can assume that the 2 characters shared the relationship of :
(1) best friends (2) mother and daughter
(3) school-mates (4) grandmother and grand-child
93. ‘to be transported in time’ means __________.

(1) travel backwards (2) to indulge in time travel
(3) recollect memories of the past (4) to take future decisions
94. ‘I was about to admonish him ....’.

The underlined word can be replaced by the word -
(1) appreciate (2) reprimand (3) refuse (4) cajole
95. Complete the word analogy :

cluster : bunch : : puny : ? .
(1) delicate (2) colourful (3) prickly (4) long-stalked
96. In para 1, according to the mother it was not a good idea to :
(1) taste sweet nectar from flowers
(2) raid the ixora plants
(3) walk in the garden the whole day long
(4) walk along the pathway alone
97. ‘To be dead tired’ does not mean -

(1) to feel too tired to walk (2) to be exhausted
(3) to be completely exhausted (4) to feel refreshed
98. Read the following sentences :

Assertion (A) :
The child was excited to share a secret with her mother.
Reason (R) :
The mother was in disbelief and went down memory lane.
(1) (A) is correct, but (R) is incorrect
(2) Both (A) and (R) are correct
(3) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A)

(a) The writer is traumatised by the memories of her childhood.
(b) The daughter’s secret brings back nostalgic memories of the school days.
(c) The writer wants her child to be connected to the sweet pleasures of nature.
(1) (a) and (c) are correct, (b) is incorrect
(2) (b) and (c) are incorrect, (a) is correct
(3) (a) and (b) are correct, (c) is incorrect
(4) (b) and (c) are correct, (a) is incorrect
Read the given extract and answer the questions that follow. (100-105)
My tea is nearly ready and the sun has left the sky;
Its time to take the window to see Leerie going by;
For every night at tea time and before you take your seat,
With lantern and with ladder he comes posting up the street.
Now Tom would be a driver and Maria may go to the sea;
And my papa’s a banker and as rich as he can be;
But I, when I’m stronger and choose what I’m to do,
O Leerie, I’ll go around at night and light the lamps with you
For we are very lucky, with a lamp before the door;
And Leerie stops to light it as he lights so many more;
And O ! Before you hurry by with ladder and with light,
O Leerie, see a little child and nod to him tonight !
100. Why does the poet consider himself to be fortunate ?

(1) He has a rich banker father.
(2) He doesn’t have to light other peoples’ doors.
(3) He has light at night by his door.
(4) He is strong and doesn’t have to make a choice in life.
101. The phrase, ‘the sun has left the sky’ indicates that -
(1) it is morning (2) it is forenoon (3) it is afternoon (4) it is evening time

(a) The poet occasionally has a light outside his door.
(b) The poet wants to be a banker like his father when he grows up.
(c) The poet is fascinated by the lamp lighter’s profession.
(2) (b) and (c) are correct, (a) is incorrect
(3) (a) and (b) are incorrect, (c) is correct
103. With reference to the poem, complete the word analogy :

Leerie : lamplighter : : father : ?.
(1) rich businessman (2) driver

(3) sailor (4) banker
104. Identify the rhyme scheme in lines 5 - 8.

(1) abba (2) aabb (3) abab (4) aaba
105. The poet looks at the lamp-lighter’s profession with -

(1) wonder (2) jealousy (3) curiosity (4) confusion
106. Malayalam spoken by a particular community in Kozhikodi is slightly different from the Malayalam
spoken by others in the same place. What is the Malayalam spoken by the particular community
known as ?
(1) Two varieties of Malayalam (2) Regional dialect of Malayalam
(3) Social dialect of Malayalam (4) They are two different languages
107. Following learning task was given to learners in different groups. Find out what is this vocabulary
learning activity known as.
Find words and phrases which relate to the following words.
(1) Thematic Vocabulary (2) Word clusters

(3) Cluster Vocabulary (4) Word Web
108. The language we use for day-to-day, face-to-face interaction is known as :

(1) Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP)
(2) Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS)
(3) Communicative language skills
(4) Interpersonal language proficiency
109. A teacher at the secondary stage gives a text/short story and asks them to read and discuss the
meaning and ideas of the text from the point of view of power and justice. What does the teacher
attempt to develop in the learners ?
(1) Critical literacy skills (2) Critical pedagogy
(3) Critical language development (4) Higher order language skills
110. Procedural knowledge in the teaching-learning grammar is __________.

(1) knowing how to do the grammatical item.
(2) knowledge about the grammatical item.
(3) knowing the rules of the grammatical item.
(4) knowing the language and its culture.
111. A teacher of Class VII conducts a pair work activity in which the pairs are given a story of ten
sentences. One in the pair reads out the first sentences and the other in the pair writes that
sentence. Then other in the pair read out second sentence and the first in the pair writes the
second sentence. Likewise the pairs complete the whole story. Later they compare their writing
with the original text given to them. What is this activity known as ?
(1) Mutual Writing (2) Mutual Listening
(3) Sentence Dictation (4) Mutual Dictation
112. Which of the following is NOT true of Sign Language ?

(1) Sign language has many varieties.
(2) Sign language is a natural language.
(3) Sign language does not have a grammar.
(4) Sign language has a grammar.
113. Which one of the following is true of the three language formula ?
(1) Mother tongue/home language/regional language as the first language.
(2) English/Hindi/home language/local language as the first language.
(3) Mother tongue/home language/Hindi as the first language.
(4) Mother tongue/home language/English as the first language.
114. Remedial teaching is for :

(1) learners who need attention on certain aspects of language learning.
(2) teachers who need to modify their teaching for certain student to learn the language.
(3) learners and teachers to understand and modify/improve their teaching/learning strategies.
(4) learners and teachers to enhance the scores in the examination in language paper.
115. A method of teaching in which a teacher and four students form a collaborative learning group
with different roles. Dialogues occur on the content of the text passage, which creates a zone of
proximal development in which reading comprehension improves. This method is referred to as :
(1) Grammar Translation Method (2) Reciprocal Teaching
(3) Structural Approach (4) Model Reading
116. A language teacher tells a story in English and asks learners to work in group to tell the story in the
languages known to them and then in the common language of the classroom. What is this
pedagogical strategy known as ?
(1) Translanguaging (2) Multilingual policy
(3) Multilanguage teaching (4) Language acquisition
117. A learner reads through the news item in the newspaper to know specific information. This
reading is known as ____________.
(1) Critical reading (2) Skimming (3) Scanning (4) Study skill
118. What is ‘interlingual identification’ ?

(1) Learner’s judgment that something in the native language and something in the target
language are similar.
(2) Learner’s judgment that something in the native language and something in the target
language are dissimilar.
(3) Learner’s judgment that the knowledge of the native language interferes in the learning of
second language.
(4) Learner’s understanding that learning of different languages warrants different abilities.
119. Shreya is a Class VI learner who moves from the Jalander in Punjab to Madurai in Tamil Nadu as
her father has been transferred. She knows Punjabi as her mother tongue and English language
she studies as her second language in school. She is able to speak and read Tamil learning from her
neighbourhood. Which one of the following statements is true based on the languages she now
knows ?
(1) Her Punjabi and Tamil come under language acquisition and English comes under language
learning.
(2) Her Tamil comes under language acquisition and English and Punjabi come under language
learning.
(3) All the three languages, Punjabi, Tamil and English under language learning.
(4) Her English comes under language acquisition and Punjabi and Tamil come under language
learning.
120. Which of the following is NOT the purpose of extensive reading ?

(1) Reading for appreciation (2) Reading for extrapolation
(3) Reading for learning grammar (4) Reading for pleasure
÷Êª - IV
÷Ê·Ê - I : Á„ãŒË
◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ — ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ÷Êª-IV (¬˝.‚¥. 91 ‚ 120) ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§fl‹ Ã÷Ë Œ¥ ÿÁŒ ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ÷Ê·Ê-I ∑§Ê Áfl∑§À¬
Á„ãŒË øÈŸÊ „Ê–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ªlÊ¥‡Ê ∑§Ê ¬…∏∑§⁄U ¬Í¿U ª∞ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ‚„Ë/‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞– (91-99)
ßë¿UÊ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ „Ê∑§⁄U ‹Êª ©ãŸÁÃ ∑§ ◊Êª¸ ¬⁄U ø‹Ÿ ‹ªÃ „Ò¥– •¬ŸË ÿÊòÊÊ ∑§ •Ê⁄¥U÷ ◊¥ fl •¬ŸË ¬˝ªÁÃ ◊¥ ’ÊœÊ «UÊ‹Ÿ flÊ‹Ë
‚Ò∑§«∏Ê¥ √ÿÁÄÃªÃ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ πÊÁ◊ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÃÊ ‹ªÊÃ „Ò¥– ©Ÿ •ÊÁŒ◊ÊŸflÊ¥ Ÿ ‚Èπ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •¬ŸË ‚„¡ ßë¿UÊ ‚ ¬˝Á⁄UÃ „Ê∑§⁄U
÷Ë ßŸ πÊÁ◊ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Áπ‹Ê»§ ‚¥ÉÊ·¸ Á∑§ÿÊ– „Ê‹Ê°Á∑§ ¬˝ªÁÃ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§Êß¸ √ÿflÁSÕÃ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê ©¬‹éœ Ÿ „ÊŸ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ fl ’„ÈÃ
∑§◊¡Ê⁄U Õ–
◊ÊŸfl •ÁSÃàfl ÁòÊ¬ˇÊËÿ „Ò - ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§, ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§– •¬ŸË ÿÊòÊÊ ∑§ ¬˝Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ø⁄UáÊ ◊¥ ‚ÈŒÍ⁄U •ÃËÃ ∑§ •¥œ⁄U
ÿÈª ◊¥ ◊ÊŸfl Ÿ •∑§‹ ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§ ˇÊòÊÊ¥ ◊¥ ¬˝ªÁÃ ∑§Ë– ◊ÊŸfl ‚¥⁄UøŸÊ ◊¥ M§¬Êà◊∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ •’ ÷Ë „Ê ⁄U„ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Áflcÿ
◊¥ ÷Ë „Ê¥ª– ◊ŸÈcÿ ÷Áflcÿ ◊¥ ∞‚ ©À‹πŸËÿ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸ŸÊ¥ ‚ ªÈ¡⁄UªÊ ¡Ê •Ê¡ ∑§ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‹ª÷ª •¬Á⁄UÁøÃ „Ê¥ª– „◊ ÿ„ Ÿ„Ë¥
∑§„ ‚∑§Ã Á∑§ ©Ÿ •Ê⁄¥UÁ÷∑§ ◊ŸÈcÿÊ¥ Ÿ flÊSÃfl ◊¥ ∑§Êß¸ ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§ ¬˝ªÁÃ ∑§Ë ÕË– „Ê‹Ê°Á∑§ ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ¡Ê ÷Ë ©ãŸÁÃ ∑§Ë, fl„
Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë Ã⁄U„ ‚ ◊„àfl„ËŸ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕË–
91. Áfl‡Ê·áÊ-Áfl‡Êcÿ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò —
(1) M§¬Êà◊∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ (2) •°œ⁄U ÿÈª (3) ◊ÊŸfl •ÁSÃàfl (4) •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§ ŒÈÁŸÿÊ
92. ©ãŸÁÃ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ „Ò Á∑§ ◊ŸÈcÿ —
(1) •¬ŸË πÍÁ’ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸ ‹– (2) •¬ŸË ∑§Á◊ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸ ‹–
(3) •¬Ÿ ‹ˇÿ ∑§Ë •Ê⁄U ø‹ÃÊ ⁄U„– (4) ‚¥ÉÊ·¸⁄UÃ ⁄U„ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflŒ˝Ê„ ∑§⁄U–
93. ªlÊ¥‡Ê ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U ∑§„Ê ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ —
(1) ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃ– (2) ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ◊ÊŸfl ¡ËflŸ ∑§Ê ‚àÿ „Ò–
(3) ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ •¬Á⁄U¬ÄflÃÊ ∑§Ê Œ‡ÊÊ¸Ã „Ò¥– (4) ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ÃËfl˝ ªÁÃ ‚ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
94. “•äÿÊà◊” ‡ÊéŒ ◊¥ “ß∑§” ¬˝àÿÿ ‹ªÊŸ ¬⁄U ‡ÊéŒ ’ŸªÊ —
(1) •äÿÊÁà◊∑§ (2) •ÊäÿÊà◊Ë∑§ (3) •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§ (4) •ÊœÿÊÁà◊∑§
95. “◊ÊŸfl” ‡ÊéŒ ◊¥ Á∑§‚ ¬˝àÿÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ©¬‚ª¸ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ‚¥÷fl „Ò?
(1) ß¸ÿ, • (2) ß¸ÿ, •Ÿ (3) ßÃ, • (4) ß¸ÿ, ‚È
96. ◊ÊŸfl ∑§ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚ ÃËŸ ¬ˇÊ „Ò¥?
(1) •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§, ÁòÊ¬ˇÊËÿ, ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ (2) ‚Ê¥‚ÊÁ⁄U∑§, ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§, •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§
(3) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§, ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§, ‚Ê¥‚ÊÁ⁄U∑§ (4) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§, ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§, •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§
97. •ÊÁŒ◊ÊŸfl Ÿ __________ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ªÁÃ ∑§Ë ¬⁄¥UÃÈ __________ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ ¬˝ªÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§Ê–
(1) •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§, ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ (2) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§, ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§
(3) ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§, •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§ (4) ◊ÊŸÁ‚∑§, ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§
98. “©À‹πŸËÿ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ” ‚ ÃÊà¬ÿ¸ „Ò —

(1) ’«∏-’«∏ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ (2) ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ
(3) ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ◊¥ ©ÁÀ‹ÁπÃ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ (4) ¬È⁄US∑Î§Ã ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ
99. ¬˝ªÁÃ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê √ÿflÁSÕÃ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê Á∑§‚∑§ ¬Ê‚ Ÿ„Ë¥ ÕÊ?
(1) ‚÷Ë ◊ŸÈcÿÊ¥ ∑§ ¬Ê‚ (2) ‚÷Ë •ôÊÊŸË ◊ÊŸflÊ¥ ∑§ ¬Ê‚
(3) ‚÷Ë •√ÿflÁSÕÃ •ÊÁŒ◊ÊŸflÊ¥ ∑§ ¬Ê‚ (4) •ÊÁŒ◊ÊŸflÊ¥ ∑§ ¬Ê‚
ŸËø ŒË ªß¸ ∑§ÁflÃÊ ∑§Ë ¬¥ÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬…∏∑§⁄U ‚’‚ ©ÁøÃ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞– (100-105)
∑§≈U ªÿÊ „Ò ‡ÊË‡Ê ¬⁄U
ÿ ‡ÊË‡Ê „Ò ¤ÊÈ∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥
⁄UÊ„Ë ©‚Ë ∑§Ê ŸÊ◊ „Ò
¡Ê ⁄UÊ„ ◊¥ L§∑§Ê Ÿ„Ë¥
∞∑§ ÁŒŸ ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê „ÊÃÊ „Ò
Á∑§ÃŸÊ ÷Ë •¥œ∑§Ê⁄U „Ê
‚àÿ ∑§Ë Áfl¡ÿ ‚ŒÊ
•‚àÿ ∑§Ë „Ê⁄U „Ê–
‚ëøÊß¸ ‚ÊÕ ◊¥ ⁄U„
∑Ò§‚Ê ÷Ë •¬ŸÊ •¥Ã „Ê
‚àÿ ∑§Ë Áfl¡ÿ ‚ŒÊ
•‚àÿ ∑§Ë „Ê⁄U „Ê–
100. ∑§ÁflÃÊ ◊¥ __________ ¬⁄U ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ’‹ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò–
(1) ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê (2) •¥œ∑§Ê⁄U (3) ‚àÿ (4) ⁄UÊ„
101. “•¥œ∑§Ê⁄U” __________ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÃË∑§ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–

(1) ’È⁄UÊß¸ (2) ÁŸ⁄UÊ‡ÊÊ (3) øÈŸÊÒÁÃÿÊ° (4) ‚◊ÊœÊŸ
102. ∑§ÁflÃÊ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U ⁄UÊ„Ë ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ „Ò —

(1) „⁄U Ã⁄U„ ‚ ∑§Ê◊ ÁŸ∑§Ê‹ŸÊ– (2) „⁄U Ã⁄U„ ∑§ ◊Êª¸ ¬⁄U ø‹Ã ⁄U„ŸÊ–
(3) „⁄U ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ Áfl¡ÿË ⁄U„ŸÊ– (4) „⁄U ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃ ⁄U„ŸÊ–
103. ∑§ÁflÃÊ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ —

(1) Á‚⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§≈UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞– (2) •¥œ∑§Ê⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
(3) SflÊÁ÷◊ÊŸ ’ŸÊ ⁄U„ŸÊ øÊÁ„∞– (4) ŒÈπË Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊŸÊ øÊÁ„∞–
104. ‚◊Í„ ‚ Á÷ãŸ ‡ÊéŒ-ÿÈÇ◊ „Ò —

(1) „Ê⁄U - Áfl„Ê⁄U (2) ‚àÿ - •‚àÿ (3) ¡ÿ - ¬⁄UÊ¡ÿ (4) ¬˝∑§Ê‡Ê - •¥œ∑§Ê⁄U
105. ß‚ ∑§ÁflÃÊ ∑§Ê ◊ÈÅÿ Sfl⁄U „Ò —

(1) Ã◊‚ (2) •Ê¡ (3) oÎ¥ªÊ⁄U (4) Œ‡Ê÷ÁÄÃ
106. ∑§Ê¤ÊË∑§ÊÁ«UU ∑§ ∞∑§ Áfl‡Ê· ‚◊ÈŒÊÿ ◊¥ ’Ê‹Ë ¡Ê ⁄U„Ë ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ß‚Ë SÕÊŸ ◊¥ ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ’Ê‹Ë ¡Ê ⁄U„Ë ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ‚ ÕÊ«∏Ë ‚Ë
Á÷ãŸ „Ò– Áfl‡Ê· ‚◊ÈŒÊÿ mÊ⁄UÊ ’Ê‹Ë ¡Ê ⁄U„Ë ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ∑§Ê Á∑§‚ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ?
(1) ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ∑§ ŒÊ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U– (2) ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ∑§Ë ˇÊòÊËÿ ’Ê‹Ë–
(3) ◊‹ÿÊ‹◊ ∑§Ë ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ’Ê‹Ë– (4) ÿ ŒÊ Á÷ãŸ-Á÷ãŸ ÷Ê·Ê∞° „Ò¥–
107. ŸËø ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ •Áœª◊ ∑§Êÿ¸ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Á÷ãŸ-Á÷ãŸ ‚◊Í„Ê¥ ◊¥ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ– ¬ÃÊ ‹ªÊ∞ Á∑§ ‡ÊéŒ ‚¥¬ŒÊ ∑§
•Áœª◊ ∑§Ë ß‚ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§Ê Á∑§‚ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ?
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ ‡ÊéŒ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊÄÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÃÊ ‹ªÊß∞–
(1) ÕË◊ •ÊœÊÁ⁄UÃ ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë (2) ‡ÊéŒ ‚◊Í„

(3) ‚◊Í„ ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë (4) ‡ÊéŒ ¡Ê‹
108. fl„ ÷Ê·Ê ÄÿÊ „Ò Á¡‚∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª „◊ ÁŒŸ-¬˝ÁÃÁŒŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Ê◊Ÿ-‚Ê◊Ÿ ∑§Ë •¥Ã—Á∑˝§ÿÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥?
(1) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ •∑§ÊŒÁ◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ (CALP)
(2) ’ÈÁŸÿÊŒË •¥Ã⁄UflÒÿÁÄÃ∑§ ‚ê¬˝·áÊ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (BICS)
(3) ‚ê¬˝·áÊÊà◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹
(4) •ãÃ⁄UflÒÿÁÄÃ∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ
109. Á◊Á«U‹ SÃ⁄U ¬⁄U •äÿÊ¬Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹Ë •äÿÊ¬∑§ ∞∑§ ¬Ê∆K ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë/¿UÊ≈UË ∑§„ÊŸË ¬∆UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ŒÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§„ÃË „Ò Á∑§ ‚ûÊÊ
∞fl¥ ãÿÊÿ ∑§ ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ ‚ ß‚ ¬Ê∆K ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§ •Õ¸ fl ÁfløÊ⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U øøÊ¸ ∑§⁄UÊ– •äÿÊ¬∑§ •¬Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§‚∑§Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚
∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë øc≈UÊ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„Ë „Ò?
(1) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ‚ÊˇÊ⁄UÃÊ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (2) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ
(3) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê Áfl∑§Ê‚ (4) ©ëø SÃ⁄UËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹
110. √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ •Áœª◊ ◊¥ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ÄÿÊ „Ò?
(1) ÿ„ ¡ÊŸŸÊ Á∑§ √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ/ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§Ê ∑Ò§‚ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞–
(2) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ôÊÊŸ–
(3) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸŸÊ–
(4) ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©‚∑§Ë ‚¥S∑Î§ÁÃ ∑§Ê ¡ÊŸŸÊ–
111. ∑§ˇÊÊ ‚ÊÃ ∑§Ë •äÿÊÁ¬∑§Ê ¡ÊÁ«∏ÿÊ¥ (Pairs) ◊¥ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UflÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§⁄UflÊ ⁄U„Ë „Ò¥ Á¡‚◊¥ ‚÷Ë ¡ÊÁ«∏ÿÊ¥ (Pairs) ∑§Ê
Œ‚ flÊÄÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ∑§„ÊŸË ¬⁄U ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ŒÃË „Ò– ¬„‹Ë ¡Ê«∏ËŒÊ⁄U ¬„‹Ê flÊÄÿ ¬…U∏ÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¡Ê«∏ËŒÊ⁄U ©‚ flÊÄÿ
∑§Ê Á‹πÃË „Ò– •’ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¡Ê«∏ËŒÊ⁄U ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ flÊÄÿ ¬…∏ÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ¬„‹Ë ¡Ê«∏ËŒÊ⁄U ©‚ ŒÍ‚⁄U flÊÄÿ ∑§Ê Á‹πÃË „Ò– ß‚ Ã⁄U„ ‚
ŒÊŸÊ¥ ¡Ê«∏ËŒÊ⁄U ∑§„ÊŸË ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ’ÊŒ ◊¥ fl ◊Í‹ ∑§„ÊŸË ‚ •¬Ÿ Á‹π „È∞ ∑§Ë ÃÈ‹ŸÊ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ß‚ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ
∑§„¥ª?
(1) ¬Ê⁄US¬Á⁄U∑§ ‹πŸ (2) ¬Ê⁄US¬Á⁄U∑§ üÊfláÊ (3) flÊÄÿ üÊÈÃ‹π (4) ¬Ê⁄US¬Á⁄U∑§ üÊÈÃ‹π
112. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ‚¥∑§Ã ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ‚¥∑§Ã ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ’„ÈÃ ‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U „Ò– (2) ‚¥∑§Ã ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝Ê∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ ÷Ê·Ê „Ò–
(3) ‚¥∑§Ã ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ë √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊÃË „Ò– (4) ‚¥∑§Ã ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ „ÊÃË „Ò–
113. ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê/ˇÊòÊËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥–
(2) •¥ª˝¡Ë/Á„¥ŒË/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê/SÕÊŸËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥–
(3) ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê/Á„¥ŒË ¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥–
(4) ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê/•¥ª˝¡Ë ¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥–
114. ©¬øÊ⁄UÊà◊∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ Á∑§‚∑§ Á‹∞ „Ò?
(1) ©Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á¡ã„¥ ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ ∑È§¿U •ÊÿÊ◊Ê¥ ¬⁄U äÿÊŸ ŒŸ ∑§Ë •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ©Ÿ •äÿÊ¬∑§Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á¡ã„¥ ÷Ê·Ê ‚ËπŸ flÊ‹ ∑È§¿U ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ •¬Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ◊¥ ‚ÈœÊ⁄U ∑§Ë $¡M§⁄UÃ „Ò–
(3) ©Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U •äÿÊ¬∑§Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á¡ã„¥ •¬Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ/•Áœª◊ ÿÈÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊¤ÊŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ’Œ‹Ÿ/‚ÈœÊ⁄U ‹ÊŸ ∑§Ë
$¡M§⁄UÃ „Ò–
(4) ©Ÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U •äÿÊ¬∑§Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡Ê ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ë ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ◊¥ •Áœ∑§ •¥∑§ ‹ÊŸÊ øÊ„Ã „Ò¥–
115. Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§Ë fl„ ÁflÁœ Á¡‚◊¥ •äÿÊ¬∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U øÊ⁄U ÁfllÊÕË¸ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ∞∑§ ‚„ÿÊªÊà◊∑§ •Áœª◊ ‚◊Í„ ∑§Ê
ª∆UŸ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥– ¬Ê∆KflSÃÈ ∑§Ë Áfl·ÿflSÃÈ ¬⁄U ‚¥flÊŒ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò, Á¡‚‚ ‚◊Ë¬SÕ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê ˇÊòÊ ‚ÎÁ¡Ã „ÊÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U
¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊Ã— ¬∆UŸ ’Êœ ◊¥ ‚ÈœÊ⁄U „ÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ÁflÁœ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§„¥ª?
(1) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ •ŸÈflÊŒ ÁflÁœ (2) ¬Ê⁄US¬Á⁄U∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ
(3) ‚¥⁄UøŸÊà◊∑§ ©¬Êª◊ (4) ◊ÊÚ«U‹ ¬∆UŸ
116. ∞∑§ ÷Ê·Ê •äÿÊ¬∑§ •¥ª˝¡Ë ◊¥ ∑§„ÊŸË ‚ÈŸÊÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ‚ ∑§„ÃË „Ò Á∑§ ©ã„¥ ¡Ê ÷Ë ÷Ê·Ê •ÊÃË „Ò, ©‚ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ÿ„
∑§„ÊŸË ‚◊Í„ ◊¥ ‚ÈŸÊ∞° Á»§⁄U ∑§ˇÊÊ ∑§Ë ‚Ê◊Êãÿ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ÿ„Ë ∑§„ÊŸË ‚ÈŸÊ∞°– ß‚ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ ÿÈÁÄÃ ∑§Ê Á∑§‚ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ
¡ÊÃÊ „Ò?§
(1) ¬⁄U÷Ê·Ê √ÿfl„Ê⁄U (≈˛UÊ¥‚‹Ò¥ÇÿÈÁ¡¥ª) (2) ’„È÷ÊÁ·∑§ ŸËÁÃ
(3) ’„È÷Ê·Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ (4) ÷Ê·Ê •¡¸Ÿ
117. ∞∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ Á∑§‚Ë ÁflÁ‡Êc≈ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚◊ÊøÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ‚ ‚◊ÊøÊ⁄U ¬U…∏ÃË „Ò– ß‚ ¬∆UŸ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§„¥ª?
(1) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ Áø¥ÃŸ (2) ‚⁄U‚⁄UË ÃÊÒ⁄U ¬⁄U ¬∆UŸ
(3) ’Ê⁄UË∑§Ë ‚ ¬∆UŸ (4) •äÿÿŸ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹
118. “•¥Ã⁄÷ÊÁ·∑§ ¬„øÊŸ” ÄÿÊ „Ò?U

(1) Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ ∑È§¿U ÃÊ ‚„¡ÊÃ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑È§¿U ‹ˇÿ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ‚◊ÊŸ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(2) Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ ‚„¡ÊÃ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ∑È§¿U •ÊÒ⁄U ‹ˇÿ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ∑È§¿U •‚◊ÊŸ „ÊÃ „Ò¥–
(3) Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§Ê ÿ„ ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ Á∑§ ‚„¡ÊÃ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ôÊÊŸ ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ •Áœª◊ ◊¥ •fl⁄UÊœ ¬ÒŒÊ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§Ë ÿ„ ‚◊¤Ê Á∑§ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •Áœª◊ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ÿÊÇÿÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •ÊœÊ⁄U/‚◊•Ê‡flÊ‚Ÿ „Ò–
119. ∑§ˇÊÊ 6 ∑§Ë Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ üÊÿÊ •¬Ÿ Á¬ÃÊ ∑§ SÕÊŸÊ¥Ã⁄UáÊ ∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ¬¥¡Ê’ ∑§ ¡Ê‹¥œ⁄U ‚ ÃÁ◊‹ŸÊ«ÈU ∑§ ◊ŒÈ⁄Uß¸ ¡ÊÃË „Ò– fl„ ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê
∑§ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ ¬¥¡Ê’Ë ¡ÊŸÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfllÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •¥ª˝¡Ë ÷Ë ¡ÊŸÃË „Ò– ©‚Ÿ •¬Ÿ ¬«∏ÊÁ‚ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ◊ŒŒ ‚
ÃÁ◊‹ ’Ê‹ŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬…∏ŸÊ ‚Ëπ Á‹ÿÊ „Ò– ©‚∑§ mÊ⁄UÊ ¡ÊŸË ªß¸ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) ¬¥¡Ê’Ë •ÊÒ⁄U ÃÁ◊‹ ÷Ê·Ê •¡¸Ÿ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã •Ê∞ªË–
(2) ÃÁ◊‹ ÷Ê·Ê •¡¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë ÃÕÊ ¬¥¡Ê’Ë ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã •Ê∞ªË–
(3) ‚÷Ë ÃËŸ ÷Ê·Ê∞° ¬¥¡Ê’Ë, ÃÁ◊‹ fl •¥ª˝¡Ë ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã •Ê∞ªË–
(4) •¥ª˝¡Ë ÷Ê·Ê •¡¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬¥¡Ê’Ë ÃÕÊ ÃÁ◊‹ ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã „Ò¥–
120. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ÁflSÃÎÃ ¬∆UŸ ∑§Ê ©g‡ÿ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ‚⁄UÊ„ŸÊ ’Êœ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬∆UŸ (2) ’Á„fl¸‡ÊŸ (∞ÄS≈˛UÊ¬Ê‹‡ÊŸ) ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬∆UŸ
(3) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ •Áœª◊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬∆UŸ (4) •ÊŸãŒ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬∆UŸ
PART - V
LANGUAGE - II : ENGLISH
IMPORTANT : Candidates should attempt questions from Part-V (Q. No. 121-150), if they
have opted for ENGLISH as LANGUAGE-II only.
Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow, (121-128)
1. The loss in earnings that farmers see due to extreme weather events or erratic seasonality is, by
now, accepted as the most widely felt economic impact of climate change. Farmers were the first
people to feel the impacts of climate change, which ultimately affects the country’s overall
agricultural output and adds to food inflation. High food prices, in turn, could result in people
slashing down consumption, which adversely impacts nutritional security.
2. A significant number of farming households produce food for their own consumption. These
households have given birth to an old saying : those who eat their own food are the healthiest. In
countries like India, where malnutrition is high and food insecurity is a nagging constant, such
households have used the home production system to remain out of this crisis. As studies point
out, these households are also protected from market fluctuations, thus ensuring that they can
afford healthy food. Obviously, they are not impacted by food inflation either.
3. But there are serious conversations taking place over how climate change-induced extreme weather
events would impact such households. We need to understand the link between nutrition intake
and household food production, and whether weather fluctuations would have any impact on
this. Researchers have analysed village level data from households with their own food production
and consumption, and co-related this with the local weather conditions to infer whether there
was a correlation. The paper establishes that people growing their own food consume more, thus
adding to nutrition levels and attaining overall food security. There was also reduction in child
stunting and underweight conditions as well as women achieving a normal body mass index.
These trends are more pronounced in remote villages.

(a) A significant number of Indian households afford healthy food.
(b) Household food production has limited impact on food inflation.
(c) Food insecurity is an occasional phenomenon in India.
(1) (a), (b) and (c) are all incorrect
(2) (a) and (c) are incorrect, (b) is correct
(3) (a) and (b) are incorrect, (c) is correct

A significant number of farming households produce food for their own consumption.
(1) adjective, pronoun (2) adverb, pronoun
(3) noun, adjective (4) noun, pronoun
123. Complete the given word analogy :

local : global : : erratic : ?.
(1) believable (2) consistent (3) disputable (4) dependable
124. What is correct about the health status of farmers who take to household food production ?
(1) children are malnourished (2) better nutritional intake
(3) stunted growth of children (4) women with higher body mass index
125. By which word can the underlined word be replaced in the given sentence ?
‘These trends are more pronounced in remote areas.’
(1) disregarded (2) important (3) noticeable (4) ignored
126. As mentioned in para 1, what is the series of events that are triggered by climate change ?
(a) increase in prices of food items
(b) detrimental effect on nutritional security
(c) extreme weather conditions
(d) reduced food consumption
(1) (a) → (d) → (c) → (b) (2) (c) → (a) → (d) → (b)
(3) (b) → (c) → (d) → (a) (4) (c) → (b) → (d) → (a)
127. Some households have remained out of the crisis of food insecurity by adopting -
(1) high food prices
(2) climate change conditions
(3) protection from extreme weather conditions
(4) home production systems
128. Which statement is incorrect with regard to household food production ?

(1) Nutritional intake was better
(2) Food consumption in such households was higher
(3) Women enjoyed normal body mass index
(4) Increase in number of malnourished children
Read the given extract and answer the questions that follow. (129-135)
1. Untouchable, a charming French comedy about two friends who have almost nothing in common,
has been a huge international success. But before the story became a cinematic sensation, how
exactly did a rich French aristocrat and an Algerian immigrant with a criminal past become good
friends ? Philip and Abdul first met in Paris in 1993 when Philip was looking for a nurse. He was
from a very wealthy family. At one time he had been a successful business man, living a life of
great luxury. Then he had a terrible paragliding accident and lost the use of his arms and legs.
Life in a wheelchair was lonely and boring. Philip was struggling to imagine the future, and he
needed practical help with his day-to-day life.
2. Philip interviewed more than 80 people for the job of a nurse. But none of them seemed right.
Then he met Abdul, who had quit a life of crime in Algeria and moved to France to look for work.
He was lively, intelligent and quick-thinking, with a crazy sense of humour. Philip got on with
Abdul immediately, and he offered him the job. The two men didn’t have much in common.
Abdul loved pop music, but Philip preferred classical music. Philip loved modern art, but Abdul
hated it. Philip’s family was sure that he had made a bad choice. They believed that Philip needed
someone much more sensible. Meanwhile, Abdul wasn’t planning on staying in the job for long.
3. However, their working relationship quickly developed into a close friendship. Abdul gave Philip
the support he needed. More importantly, his energy and sense of humour brought fun and
excitement back into Philip’s life. Abdul helped Philip make trips to other countries. Both of them
now live in different countries, each with a wife and family. They keep in touch regularly. All that
really matters to their friendship, though, it is their shared love of laughter and adventure.
129. Read the sentences given below :
(a) ‘Untouchable’ is a French comedy movie.
(b) The theme revolves around 2 friends, Philip and Abdul, who have similar tastes.
(c) The movie was a huge success in France and Algeria.
(1) (a), (b) and (c) are all incorrect
130. Complete the given word analogy :

Luxury : opulence : : sensation : ? .
(1) disaster (2) callousness (3) feeling (4) suspicion
131. What bound the two very different men together for years ?
(1) their love for adventure sports (2) warm friendship
(3) love for music (4) their immigration status
132. Why did Philip need a nurse ?

(1) To wipe out Abdul’s criminal past.
(2) To help him with day-to-day practical things of life.
(3) To listen to classical music together.
(4) To resolve Abdul’s immigration status.
133. Abdul migrated to France to -

(1) work in the movie industry (2) run away from the Algerian police
(3) listen to pop music (4) search for employment
134. Which aspect of Abdul’s personality is not true ?

(1) He had a criminal past record.
(2) He was quick-witted and supportive.
(3) He shared a close rapport with his employer.
(4) He preferred listening to classical music.

However, their working relationship quickly developed into a close friendship.
(1) adjective, adverb (2) verb, adverb
(3) adjective, verb (4) noun, adverb
136. Which of the following methods advocates oral drilling and ‘mastery of the formal properties of
language’ as essential for language learning ?
(1) Audiolingualism
(2) Communicative language teaching
(3) Grammar translation method
(4) Total Physical Response
137. Elam is a student of class VII is able to speak four languages, Kannada, Marathi, Hindi and English.
He uses all the four languages freely when he speaks to his parents at home and in school he uses
Hindi, Kannada and English as these are the language known to his friends and teachers. What is
this practice known as ?
(1) Translingual ability (2) Code-meshing
(3) Code-moving (4) Interlanguage
138. Which one of the following statements is true of language learning ?

(1) Knowledge of the native/first language interferes in the learning of second language.
(2) Knowledge of the native/first language has nothing to do in the learning of second language.
(3) Knowledge of the native/first language supports in the learning of second language.
(4) First language learning and second language are completely distinct.
139. A teacher of class VI brought items like spoon, plate, utensils, boxes and pan to her classroom to
teach vocabulary from there writing a description of objects in kitchen. What are these objects
known as in language teaching ?
(1) Teaching materials (2) Realia
(3) Cooking items (4) Real life tasks
140. Declarative knowledge is __________

(1) knowing to pronounce word in a language.
(2) knowledge about the grammatical item.
(3) knowing how to identify an error in a grammatical item.
(4) knowing how to do the grammatical item.
141. Here is a situation where students were exposed to the opposite perspective of the subject under
consideration to allow them to further understand it. What does this process attempt to promote
among learners ?
(1) Critical analysis (2) Process based pedagogy
(3) Critical Literacy (4) Literacy development
142. What is ‘Translanguaging’ ?

(1) It refers to moving from one language to another language while teaching-learning languages.
(2) It refers to understanding how languages change over the period of time.
(3) It is a pedagogical process of using more than one language as resources in a classroom.
(4) It is language-in-education policy on how many languages are to be taught in a school.
143. Which of the following processes involved for learning to write well in a language ?
(1) Braining storming – making an outline – drafting – jotting down points – editing – finalizing.
(2) Braining storming – jotting down points – writing the draft – making an outline – editing –
finalising.
(3) Braining storming – jotting down points – writing the draft – editing – making an outline –
finalizing.
(4) Braining storming – jotting down points – making an outline – writing the draft – editing –
finalising.
144. Learners in a class of Social Science try to capture the main ideas of the classroom lecture and
make point of the lecture. What is this skill known as ?
(1) Study skill (2) Listening skill (3) Writing skill (4) Cognitive skill
145. Here is a question. Read and find out which typology of question it belongs to.
Having read the story of the little girl, you feel moved by her suffering and courage to face the
trouble. You would write a letter to the little girl appreciating her. Write the letter in about 120
words.
(1) Expressive questions (2) Long answer question
(3) Extrapolative question (4) Discursive question
146. A teacher in class VIII read out a text of five sentences in English twice and asked her learners to
listen to the text carefully. Then she asked them to work in group of four to recreate text nearer to
the one read out, not exactly the same. What is this activity known as ?
(1) Writing task (2) Paragraph Dictation
(3) Collective Dictation (4) Listening task
147. This refers to the proficiency in academic language or language needed for various content areas.
(1) Inter-language proficiency
(2) Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS)
(3) Communicative language proficiency
(4) Cognitive Academic Language Proficiency (CALP)
148. Which of the following is NOT true of National Education Policy 2020 on language education ?
(1) Study of a classical language under three language formula.
(2) Study of mother tongue/home language under three language formula.
(3) Study of Indian languages under three language formula.
(4) Study of English as language under three language formula.
149. Which one of the following is true of the three language formula ?
(1) All children begin their schooling in the medium of English/home language and move on to
add at least two more languages by the time they complete their high school.
(2) All children begin their schooling in their state language and move on to add at least two
more languages by the time they complete their high school.
(3) All children begin their schooling in the official language, Hindi and move on to add at least
two more languages by the time they complete their high school.
(4) All children begin their schooling in their mother tongue/home language and move on to
add at least two more languages by the time they complete their high school.
150. Learning Outcomes attempt to enable learner to :

(1) attain the grammatical knowledge in measurable terms.
(2) attain the competencies in measurable terms.
(3) attain minimum levels of learning of all skills.
(4) attain language components in measurable terms.
÷Êª - V
÷Ê·Ê - II : Á„ãŒË
◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ — ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ÷Êª-V (¬˝.‚¥. 121 ‚ 150) ∑§ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§fl‹ Ã÷Ë Œ¥ ÿÁŒ ©ã„Ê¥Ÿ ÷Ê·Ê-II ∑§Ê Áfl∑§À¬
Á„ãŒË øÈŸÊ „Ê–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ªlÊ¥‡Ê ∑§Ê ¬…∏∑§⁄U ¬Í¿U ª∞ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ‚„Ë /‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞– (121-128)
„Ê‹ „Ë ◊¥ ◊Á«U∑§‹ ß¥«US≈U˛UË ∑§ ∞∑§ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄U ŒÊflÊ ∑§⁄U ⁄U„ Õ Á∑§ ÷Áflcÿ ◊¥ «UÊÚÄ≈U⁄UÊ¥ ‚¡¸ŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¡M§⁄UÃ ÷Ë ∑§◊ „ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë „Ò–
∞•Êß¸ ∑§ ¡Á⁄U∞ ‹ˇÊáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊¤ÊÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– •Ê¬∑§Ë ∑§‚ Á„S≈˛UË ∞•Êß¸ ∑§Ê ¬ÃÊ „ÊªË– ÃÊ¡Ê „Ê‹Ã ¬Í¿U ‹Ë ¡Ê∞ªË •ÊÒ⁄U Á¬˝ÁS∑˝§å‡ÊŸ
•Ê¬∑§ „ÊÕ ◊¥ „ÊªÊ– ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§ o˝◊ ‚ ¡È«∏ ∑§Ê◊Ê¥ ¬⁄U ‡ÊÊÿŒ ‚’‚ ∑§◊ •‚⁄U ¬«∏Ÿ flÊ‹Ê „Ò– ÿ„ ‚◊¤ÊŸ ∑§Ê flÄÃ „Ò Á∑§ ∞•Êß¸ ‚
»§ÊÿŒ „Ê¥ª ÿÊ ŸÈ∑§‚ÊŸ– •÷Ë ÃÊ ß‚ Ÿ∑§‹Ë ’ÈÁh◊ÃÊ ∑§Ê ß¥‚ÊŸ Ÿ „Ë ¡ã◊ ÁŒÿÊ „Ò– ©‚∑§Ê ÁŸÿ¥òÊáÊ „Ò, ‹Á∑§Ÿ ∞•Êß¸ fl⁄UŒÊŸ „Ë ⁄U„
•ÊÒ⁄U ÷S◊Ê‚È⁄U Ÿ ’Ÿ, ©‚∑§ Á‹∞ ÿ„ ‚ÊøŸ ∑§Ë ¡M§⁄UÃ ÷Ë „Ò Á∑§ ◊ÊŸflËÿ ’ÈÁh◊ÃÊ ∑§ SÃ⁄U ∑§Ê ßÃŸÊ ™°§øÊ ∑Ò§‚ ©∆UÊÿÊ ¡Ê∞ Á∑§
∞•Êß¸ ©‚ ¬⁄U „ÊflË Ÿ „Ê ‚∑§– •’ •ª⁄U øÒ≈U ¡Ë¬Ë≈UË ’ŸÊÿÊ „Ò ÃÊ Á»§⁄U ¬…∏Êß¸-Á‹πÊß¸ •ÊÒ⁄U ßêÃ„ÊŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê fl„ Ã⁄UË∑§Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ê „Ê, ¡Ê
Á’ŸÊ ∞•Êß¸ ∑§ ÿÈflÊ•Ê¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ’ëøÊ¥ ∑§ ’ÊÒÁh∑§ SÃ⁄ ∑§Ê ¬⁄Uπ ‚∑§–
ÿ„ ‚flÊ‹ ∞‚ „Ò¥ Á¡Ÿ∑§ ¡flÊ’ Œ ¬ÊŸÊ ◊ÈÁ‡∑§‹ „Ò, ¬⁄U Ÿ¡⁄U ¡M§⁄U ⁄UπŸË øÊÁ„∞– flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ë Ãÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ øÊÁ„∞ Á∑§
∞•Êß¸ ∞‚Ë „Ê ¡Ê ß¥‚ÊÁŸÿÃ »Ò§‹ÊŸ ◊¥ ◊ŒŒªÊ⁄U „Ê–U
121. ªlÊ¥‡Ê ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U ∑§„Ê ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ∞•Êß¸ ∞‚Ë „ÊŸË øÊÁ„∞ ¡Ê —
(1) ◊ÊŸflËÿ ˇÊ◊ÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ∑§⁄U– (2) ◊ÊŸflËÿ ªÈáÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥S∑§Ê⁄U Œ–
(3) ∑§◊ ‚◊ÿ ◊¥ •Áœ∑§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄U– (4) Á’ŸÊ ’ÈÁh ∑§ ‚Ê⁄U ¡flÊ’ Œ Œ–
122. ‚◊Í„ ‚ Á÷ãŸ ‡ÊéŒ „Ò —

(1) ¬…∏Êß¸ - Á‹πÊß¸ (2) ⁄UÊÃ - ÁŒŸ (3) ∑¥§∑§«∏ - ¬àÕ⁄U (4) øÊÿ - flÊÿ
123. “◊ÊŸflËÿ” ‡ÊéŒ ◊¥ ¬˝àÿÿ „Ò —

(1) flËÿ (2) ÿ (3) ß¸ÿ (4) ßÿ
124. ∞•Êß¸ ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§ üÊ◊ ‚ ¡È«∏ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ¬⁄U ‚¥÷flÃ— ‚’‚ ∑§◊ ¬˝÷Êfl «UÊ‹– ß‚‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬˝÷ÊÁflÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „ÊªÊ?
(1) ÁøÁ∑§à‚Ê (2) Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ (3) πÃË-’Ê«∏Ë (4) •ÊÁflc∑§Ê⁄U
125. ∞•Êß¸ ∑§Ê ¡ã◊ ŒŸ flÊ‹Ê ∑§Ê⁄U∑§ „Ò —

(1) •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ÃÊ (2) Ã∑§ŸË∑§ (3) ‚èÿÃÊ (4) ◊ÊŸfl
126. “∞•Êß¸” ∑§Ê •Õ¸ „Ò —

(1) ∞¬‹ ß¥≈U‹Ë¡¥‚ (2) •ÊÁ≈¸UÁ»§Á‡Êÿ‹ ß¥≈U‹Ë¡¥‚
(3) •ÊÁ≈¸UÁ»§Á‡Êÿ‹ ß¥S≈UË≈˜ÿÍ≈U (4) ∞¬‹ ß¥S≈UË≈˜ÿÍ‡ÊŸ
127. ∞•Êß¸ ‚ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ¡ªÃ ÷Ë ¬˝÷ÊÁflÃ „ÊªÊ– ÿ„ ¬˝÷Êfl —

(1) Ÿ∑§Ê⁄UÊà◊∑§ „ÊªÊ (2) ‡ÊÍãÿ „ÊªÊ (3) ‚∑§Ê⁄UÊà◊∑§ „ÊªÊ (4) •Áœ∑§ „ÊªÊ
128. ÁøÁ∑§à‚Ê ‚ ¡È«∏ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ∞•Êß¸ ÷Áflcÿ ◊¥ ÄÿÊ ‚„ÿÊª ∑§⁄UªÊ?
(1) «UÊÚÄ≈U⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¡ÊÚ’ ŒªÊ– (2) ∑§‚ Á„S≈˛UË ’ŸÊ ŒªÊ–
(3) •S¬ÃÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§◊ ∑§⁄U ŒªÊ– (4) •S¬ÃÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§Ë ‚¥ÅÿÊ ’„ÈÃ ’…∏Ê ŒªÊ–
ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ªlÊ¥‡Ê ∑§Ê ¬…∏∑§⁄U ¬Í¿U ª∞ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ‚„Ë /‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ©¬ÿÈÄÃ Áfl∑§À¬ ∑§Ê øÿŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞– (129-135)
¬˝‡Ÿ ©∆UÃÊ „Ò Á∑§ ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§Ê ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§ ‚ÊÕ ’„Ã⁄U ÃÊ‹◊‹ ∑Ò§‚ ’Ò∆UÊ∑§⁄U ⁄UπÊ ¡Ê∞– ∞‚Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§⁄¥U Á∑§ ¬˝ÊáÊ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§ „⁄U •¥ª ∑§Ë
Ã⁄U»§ ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã •ÊÒ⁄U √ÿflÁSÕÃ „Ê∑§⁄U ’„– ŒπÊ ¡Ê∞ ÃÊ ’Ë◊Ê⁄UË •ÊÒ⁄U ∑È§¿U ÷Ë Ÿ„Ë¥, ’ÁÀ∑§ ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§Ê ©‚ •¥ª Áfl‡Ê· ◊¥ •‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã „Ê
¡ÊŸÊ „Ë „Ò– SflÊSâÿ ∑§Ê •Õ¸ „Ë „ÊÃÊ „Ò - ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÈÁøÃ Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ ‚◊SÃ •¥ªÊ¥ ∑§Ë Ã⁄U»§ ’„ŸÊ– ÿÊª ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§Ê ’‹ ŒŸ ∑§
Á‹∞ •Ÿ∑§ •èÿÊ‚ „Ò¥– ßŸ∑§ ¡Á⁄U∞ „◊ •¬Ÿ ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§Ê ⁄UÊ¡ ’‹ Œ ‚∑§Ã „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ◊¥ „ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ¥ ∑§Ë ⁄UÊ∑§ÕÊ◊ ∑§⁄U
‚∑§Ã „Ò¥– ÿ„ ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§fl‹ „◊Ê⁄U ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ë „Ë ‚¥÷Ê‹ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃÊ, ÿ„ ◊Ÿ, ’ÈÁh •ÊÁŒ ¬˝àÿ∑§ •ÊÿÊ◊ ∑§Ê ¡ËflŸ ŒÃÊ ⁄U„ÃÊ „Ò–
129. ¡ËflŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ◊„àfl¬ÍáÊ¸ „Ò —
(1) ÿÊª ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ¬˝ÊáÊÊÿÊ◊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ– (2) ¬˝ÊáÊ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸÊ–
(3) ¬˝ÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ê ŒËÉÊÊ¸ÿÈ „ÊŸÊ– (4) ¬˝ÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ê ‚Ê◊¥¡Sÿ–
130. Áfl‡Ê·áÊ ‡ÊéŒ ∑§Ê ©ŒÊ„⁄UáÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò —
(1) ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã (2) SflSÕ (3) SflÊSâÿ (4) √ÿflÁSÕÃ
131. ¬˝ÊáÊ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ê ‚‡ÊÄÃ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ •èÿÊ‚ _________ ◊¥ „Ò–
(1) Á‡ÊˇÊÊ (2) ÿÊª (3) ÁøÁ∑§à‚∑§ (4) Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§
132. ¬˝ÊáÊ flÊÿÈ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§ „⁄U •¥ª ◊¥ ‚¥ÃÈÁ‹Ã •ÊÒ⁄U _________ „Ê∑§⁄U ’„ÃË „Ò–
(1) √ÿflÁSÕÃ (2) •√ÿflÁSÕÃ (3) ©ûÊÁ¡Ã (4) ◊¥Œ-◊¥Œ
133. ⁄UÊª ∑§Ê ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ „Ò —
(1) ¬˝ÊáÊ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ê ’„ÈÃ •Áœ∑§ ’…∏ ¡ÊŸÊ (2) ¬˝ÊáÊ flÊÿÈ ∑§Ê •¥ª Áfl‡Ê· ◊¥ •‚¥ÃÈ‹Ÿ
(3) ÿÊª ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ‡ÊÊ⁄UËÁ⁄U∑§ ‡ÊÁÄÃ ÉÊ≈UÊŸÊ (4) •¬Ÿ ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U ∑§Ë ©ÁøÃ Œπ÷Ê‹ Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
134. •ë¿U SflÊSâÿ ∑§Ê ‚¥’¥œ _________ ‚ „Ò–
(1) •ë¿U ‡Ê⁄UË⁄U (2) ¬˝ÊáÊ flÊÿÈ (3) ÿÊªÊèÿÊ‚ (4) ’Ë◊ÊÁ⁄UÿÊ¥ ∑§ •÷Êfl
135. “’ÈÁh” ◊¥ “ß∑§” ¬˝àÿÿ ‹ªŸ ¬⁄U ‡ÊéŒ ’ŸªÊ —
(1) ’ÈÁh∑§ (2) ’ÊÒÁh∑§ (3) ’ÊÁh∑§ (4) ’ÊÒhË∑§
136. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ÁflÁœ ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ Á‹∞ Á«˛U‹ •ÊÒ⁄U “÷Ê·Ê ∑§ •ÊÒ¬øÊÁ⁄U∑§ ªÈáÊœ◊¸ ◊¥ ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ” ∑§Ê •Êfl‡ÿ∑§
M§¬ ∑§Ë Ã⁄U„ •ŸÈ‡Ê¥‚Ê ∑§⁄UÃË „Ò?
(1) üÊ√ÿ ÷Ê·ÊflÊŒ (2) ‚ê¬˝·áÊÊà◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ
(3) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UáÊ •ŸÈflÊŒ ÁflÁœ (4) ∑È§‹ ÷ÊÒÁÃ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃÁ∑˝§ÿÊ
137. ∑§ˇÊÊ ‚ÊÃ ∑§Ê ÁfllÊÕË¸ ∞‹◊ ∑§ãŸ«∏, ◊⁄UÊ∆UË, Á„¥ŒË •ÊÒ⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë øÊ⁄U ÷Ê·Ê∞° ¡ÊŸÃÊ „Ò– ÉÊ⁄U ◊¥ ¡’ fl„ •¬Ÿ ◊ÊÃÊ-Á¬ÃÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ
’ÊÃ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò ÃÊ ¬˝flÊ„ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ øÊ⁄UÊ¥ ÷Ê·Ê∞° ’Ê‹ÃÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÁfllÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ fl„ Á„¥ŒË, ∑§ãŸ«∏ ÃÕÊ •¥ª˝¡Ë ’Ê‹ÃÊ „Ò ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ ©‚∑§
Á◊òÊ fl •äÿÊ¬∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿ„Ë ÷Ê·Ê∞° •ÊÃË „Ò¥– ß‚ ÁSÕÁÃ ∑§Ê Á∑§‚ M§¬ ◊¥ ¡ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ?
(1) ¬⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ (≈˛UÊ¥‚Á‹¥ÇÿÈ‹) ÿÊÇÿÃÊ (2) ∑§Ê«U ¡Ê‹ (∑§Ê«U ◊ÒÁ‡Ê¥ª)
(3) ∑§Ê«U ‚ •Êª ¡ÊŸÊ (∑§Ê«U ◊ÍÁfl¥ª) (4) •ãÃ⁄U÷Ê·Ê (ß¥≈U⁄U‹Ò¥ÇÿÈ∞¡)
138. ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) ‚„¡ÊÃ/¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ôÊÊŸ ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ •Áœª◊ ◊¥ •fl⁄UÊœ «UÊ‹ÃÊ „Ò–
(2) ‚„¡ÊÃ/¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ ‚ ∑§Êß¸ ‹ŸÊ-ŒŸÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
(3) ‚„¡ÊÃ/¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ôÊÊŸ ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ •Áœª◊ ∑§Ê ‚◊ÁÕ¸Ã ∑§⁄UÃÊ „Ò–
(4) ¬˝Õ◊ ÷Ê·Ê •Áœª◊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁmÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ŒÊŸÊ¥ ¬Í⁄UË Ã⁄U„ ‚ •‹ª-•‹ª „Ò¥–
139. ∑§ˇÊÊ ¿U„ ∑§Ë •äÿÊÁ¬∑§Ê ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë ‚◊Îh ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ øê◊ø, å‹≈U, Á«Ué’, ¬⁄UÊÃ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ‹∑§⁄U •ÊÃË „Ò– ßã„¥ ÁŒπÊ∑§⁄U
fl„ ⁄U‚Êß¸ ◊¥ ßSÃ◊Ê‹ „ÊŸ flÊ‹Ë flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê Áflfl⁄UáÊ Á‹πŸÊ øÊ„ÃË „Ò– ÷Ê·Ê Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ßŸ flSÃÈ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§„¥ª?
(1) Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë (2) flÊSÃÁfl∑§ flSÃÈ∞° (⁄UËÿÁ‹ÿÊ)
(3) πÊŸÊ ¬∑§ÊŸ ∑§ ’Ã¸Ÿ (4) flÊSÃÁfl∑§ ¡ËflŸ ∑§ ∑§Êÿ¸
140. ÉÊÊ·áÊÊà◊∑§ ôÊÊŸ ÄÿÊ „Ò?

(1) Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ ‡ÊéŒ ∑§Ê ©ëøÊ⁄UáÊ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ¡ÊŸŸÊ–
(2) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ∑§ ’Ê⁄U ◊¥ ôÊÊŸ–
(3) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ÃàflÊ¥ ◊¥ òÊÈÁ≈ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ‚ËπŸÊU–
(4) Á∑§‚Ë √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ Ãàfl ¬⁄U ∑Ò§‚ ∑§Êÿ¸ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê∞, ÿ„ ¡ÊŸŸÊ–
141. ÿ„Ê° ∞∑§ ∞‚Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ŒË ¡Ê ⁄U„Ë „Ò ¡„Ê° ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê Áfl·ÿ ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃ ‚◊¤Ê ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ Áfl·ÿ ∑§ Áfl¬⁄UËÃ flÊ‹ ŒÎÁc≈U∑§ÊáÊ
‚ ¬Á⁄UÁøÃ ∑§⁄UflÊÿÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „Ò– ß‚ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ◊¥ Á∑§‚∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊ‚ Á∑§ÿÊ ¡Ê ⁄U„Ê „Ò?
(1) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ Áfl‡‹·áÊ (2) ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ •ÊœÊÁ⁄UÃ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ‡ÊÊSòÊ
(3) ‚◊Ê‹ÊøŸÊà◊∑§ ‚ÊˇÊ⁄UÃÊ (4) ‚ÊˇÊ⁄UÃÊ Áfl∑§Ê‚
142. “¬⁄U÷Ê·Ê √ÿfl„Ê⁄U” (≈˛UÊã‚‹Ò¥ÇÿÈÁ¡¥ª) ÄÿÊ „Ò?

(1) ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ •Áœª◊ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ ∞∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ‚ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ √ÿfl„Ê⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ „Ò–
(2) ÷Ê·Ê∞° Á∑§‚ Ã⁄U„ ‚ ∞∑§ ‚◊ÿ •flÁœ ∑§ ŒÊÒ⁄UÊŸ •¬ŸÊ M§¬ ’Œ‹ÃË „Ò¥–
(3) ∞∑§ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ∞∑§ ‚ •Áœ∑§ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‚¥‚ÊœŸ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ßSÃ◊Ê‹ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë Á‡ÊˇÊáÊ ‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ „Ò–
(4) ÁfllÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ Á∑§ÃŸË ÷Ê·Ê∞° ¬…∏ÊŸË øÊÁ„∞ ß‚ ◊Èg ¬⁄U “Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ŸËÁÃ ◊¥ ÷Ê·Ê” „Ò–
143. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ∞° ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê •ë¿UË Ã⁄U„ ‚ Á‹πŸÊ ‚ËπŸ ◊¥ ‡ÊÊÁ◊‹ „Ò?
(1) ◊ÊŸ‚ ◊¥ÕŸ - M§¬⁄UπÊ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ¬˝ÊM§¬áÊ - ◊ÈÅÿ Á’ãŒÈ ŸÊ≈U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ‚¥¬ÊŒŸ - •ÁãÃ◊ SflM§¬ ŒŸÊ
(2) ◊ÊŸ‚ ◊¥ÕŸ - ◊ÈÅÿ Á’ãŒÈ ŸÊ≈U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ¬˝ÊM§¬ Á‹πŸÊ - M§¬⁄UπÊ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ‚¥¬ÊŒŸ - •ÁãÃ◊ SflM§¬ ŒŸÊ
(3) ◊ÊŸ‚ ◊¥ÕŸ - ◊ÈÅÿ Á’ãŒÈ ŸÊ≈U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ¬˝ÊM§¬ Á‹πŸÊ - ‚¥¬ÊŒŸ - M§¬⁄UπÊ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - •ÁãÃ◊ SflM§¬ ŒŸÊ
(4) ◊ÊŸ‚ ◊¥ÕŸ - ◊ÈÅÿ Á’ãŒÈ ŸÊ≈U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - M§¬⁄UπÊ ÃÒÿÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸÊ - ¬˝ÊM§¬ Á‹πŸÊ - ‚¥¬ÊŒŸ - •ÁãÃ◊ SflM§¬ ŒŸÊ
144. ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ÁflôÊÊŸ ∑§Ë ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÕË¸ ∑§ˇÊÊ ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ¡Ê ⁄U„ flÄÃ√ÿ ‚ ◊ÈÅÿ Á’ãŒÈ ‚◊¤ÊŸ ∑§Ë ∑§ÊÁ‡Ê‡Ê ∑§⁄U ⁄U„ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊ÈÅÿ
Á’ãŒÈ Á‹π ⁄U„ „Ò¥– ß‚ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§„¥ª?
(1) •äÿÿŸ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (2) üÊfláÊ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (3) ‹πŸ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (4) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹
145. ŸËø ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§Ê ¬…∏¥– ¬ÃÊ ∑§⁄¥U Á∑§ ÿ„ ¬˝‡Ÿ Á∑§‚ ¬˝ÊM§¬ (≈UÊß¬Ê‹Ê¡Ë) ∑§Ê „Ò?
““¿UÊ≈UË ’ÊÁ‹∑§Ê ∑§Ë ∑§„ÊŸË ¬…∏Ÿ ∑§ ’ÊŒ, •Ê¬Ÿ ©‚∑§ ŒÈπÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Á∆UŸÊßÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚Ê◊Ÿ ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹ ‚Ê„‚ ∑§Ê ◊„‚Í‚ Á∑§ÿÊ–
•Ê¬ ©‚ ‹«∏∑§Ë ∑§Ê ©‚∑§Ë ¬˝‡Ê¥‚Ê ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬òÊ Á‹πŸÊ øÊ„¥ª– ‹ª÷ª 120 ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥ ¬òÊ Á‹Áπ∞–””
(1) •Á÷√ÿÁÄÃ¬⁄U∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ
(2) ŒËÉÊ¸ ©ûÊ⁄UËÿ ¬˝‡Ÿ
(3) ¬Ê∆U ∑§Ê ÁflSÃÊ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ flÊ‹Ê ¬˝‡Ÿ (∞ÄS≈˛UÊ¬Ê‹Á≈Ufl)
(4) Áfl◊‡Ê¸ ‚¥’¥œË ¬˝‡Ÿ
146. ∑§ˇÊÊ •Ê∆U ∑§Ë •äÿÊÁ¬∑§Ê ∞∑§ ¬Ê∆K ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§ ¬Ê°ø flÊÄÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ŒÊ ’Ê⁄U •¥ª˝¡Ë ◊¥ ¬…∏ÃË „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§
‚ÈŸŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ÃË „Ò– ß‚∑§ ’ÊŒ fl„ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê øÊ⁄U-øÊ⁄U ∑§ ‚◊Í„ ◊¥ ∑§Ê◊ ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ∑§„ÃË „Ò Á∑§ fl ¬…∏Ë ªß¸ ¬Ê∆K
‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§Ê ¬ÈŸ‹¸πŸ ∑§⁄¥U ¡Ê ∞∑§Œ◊ ◊Í‹ ¡Ò‚Ê ŸÊ „Ê– ß‚ ªÁÃÁflÁœ ∑§Ê ÄÿÊ ∑§„¥ª?
(1) ‹πŸ ∑§Êÿ¸ (2) •ŸÈë¿UŒ üÊÈÃ‹π (3) ‚Ê◊ÍÁ„∑§ üÊÈÃ‹π (4) üÊfláÊ ∑§Êÿ¸
147. ÿ„ •∑§ÊŒÁ◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ÿÊ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ Áfl·ÿÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ •Êfl‡ÿ∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ ‚ ‚¥’¥ÁœÃ „Ò —
(1) •¥Ã⁄U÷Ê·Ê ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ (2) ’ÈÁŸÿÊŒË •¥Ã⁄UflÒÿÁÄÃ∑§ ‚ê¬˝·áÊ ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹ (BICS)
(3) ‚ê¬˝·áÊÊà◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ (4) ‚¥ôÊÊŸÊà◊∑§ •∑§ÊŒÁ◊∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ÁŸ¬ÈáÊÃÊ (CALP)
148. ÷Ê·Ê Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ¬⁄U ⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ŸËÁÃ 2020 ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò?
(1) ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã ‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ–
(2) ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ–
(3) ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ–
(4) ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ •ãÃª¸Ã ÷Ê·Ê ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ •¥ª˝¡Ë ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ–
149. ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ÁòÊ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÍòÊ ∑§ ‚¥’¥œ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÒŸ-‚Ê ∑§ÕŸ ‚„Ë „Ò?
(1) ‚÷Ë ’ëø •¬ŸË ÁfllÊ‹ÿË Á‡ÊˇÊÊ •¥ª˝¡Ë ◊Êäÿ◊/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U Œ‚flË¥ ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ Ã∑§ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊
ŒÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Ê·Ê∞° ‚ËπÃ „Ò¥–
(2) ‚÷Ë ’ëø •¬ŸË ÁfllÊ‹ÿË Á‡ÊˇÊÊ •¬Ÿ ⁄UÊíÿ ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U Œ‚flË¥ ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ Ã∑§ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ŒÊ •ÊÒ⁄U
÷Ê·Ê∞° ‚ËπÃ „Ò¥–
(3) ‚÷Ë ’ëø •¬ŸË ÁfllÊ‹ÿË Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ⁄UÊíÿ ÷Ê·Ê Á„¥ŒË ◊¥ ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U Œ‚flË¥ ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ Ã∑§ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ŒÊ •ÊÒ⁄U
÷Ê·Ê∞° ‚ËπÃ „Ò¥–
(4) ‚÷Ë ’ëø •¬ŸË ÁfllÊ‹ÿË Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ◊ÊÃÎ÷Ê·Ê/ÉÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ ‡ÊÈM§ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥ •ÊÒ⁄U Œ‚flË¥ ¬Í⁄UË ∑§⁄UŸ Ã∑§ ∑§◊ ‚ ∑§◊ ŒÊ
•ÊÒ⁄U ÷Ê·Ê∞° ‚ËπÃ „Ò¥–
150. •Áœª◊ ¬˝ÁÃ»§‹ Á‡ÊˇÊÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‚◊Õ¸ ’ŸÊÃ „Ò¥ -

(1) √ÿÊ∑§⁄UÁáÊ∑§ ôÊÊŸ ∑§Ê ◊Ê¬Ÿ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(2) ŒˇÊÃÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ◊Ê¬Ÿ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(3) ‚÷Ë ∑§ÊÒ‡Ê‹Ê¥ ∑§ •Áœª◊ ∑§ ãÿÍŸÃ◊ SÃ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
(4) ÷Ê·ÊªÃ ÃâÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ◊Ê¬Ÿ ∑§ ‚¥Œ÷¸ ◊¥ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§⁄UŸÊ
-oOo-
READ THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY : ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ÁŸŒ¸‡ÊÊ¥ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —
1. The manner in which the different questions are to be answered has been 1. Á¡‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ‚ ÁflÁ÷ÛÊ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U ÁŒ∞ ¡ÊŸ „Ò¥ ©‚∑§Ê fláÊ¸Ÿ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ
explained in the Test Booklet which you should read carefully before actually ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ◊¥ Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ „Ò, Á¡‚ •Ê¬ ¬˝‡ŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ©ûÊ⁄U ŒŸ ‚ ¬„‹ äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏
answering the questions. ‹¥–
2. Out of the four alternatives for each question, only one circle for the correct 2. ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬˝‡Ÿ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ øÊ⁄U Áfl∑§À¬Ê¥ ◊¥ ‚ ‚„Ë ©ûÊ⁄U ∑§ Á‹∞ OMR
answer is to be darkened completely with Blue / Black Ball Point Pen on ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ¬Îc∆U-2 ¬⁄U ∑§fl‹ ∞∑§ flÎûÊ ∑§Ê „Ë ¬Í⁄UË Ã⁄U„ ŸË‹/∑§Ê‹ ’ÊÚ‹ ¬ÊÚßã≈U
Side-2 of the OMR Answer Sheet. The answer once marked is not liable ¬Ÿ ‚ ÷⁄¥U– ∞∑§ ’Ê⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U •¥Á∑§Ã ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ ’ÊŒ ©‚ ’Œ‹Ê Ÿ„Ë¥ ¡Ê ‚∑§ÃÊ
to be changed.
„Ò–
3. The candidates should ensure that the Answer Sheet is not folded. Do not 3. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ‚ÈÁŸÁ‡øÃ ∑§⁄¥U Á∑§ ß‚ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê ◊Ê«∏Ê Ÿ ¡Ê∞ ∞fl¥ ©‚ ¬⁄U ∑§Êß¸
make any stray marks on the Answer Sheet. Do not write your Roll No.
•ãÿ ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ Ÿ ‹ªÊ∞°– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬ŸÊ •ŸÈ∑˝§◊Ê¥∑§ ©ûÊ⁄U-¬òÊ ◊¥ ÁŸœÊ¸Á⁄UÃ
anywhere else except in the specified space in the Answer Sheet.
SÕÊŸ ∑§ •ÁÃÁ⁄UÄÃ •ãÿòÊ Ÿ Á‹π¥–
4. Handle the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet with care, as under no
4. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ¬Ífl¸∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§⁄¥U, ÄÿÊ¥Á∑§ Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë
circumstances (except for discrepancy in Test Booklet Code or Number
and Answer Sheet Code or Number), another set will be provided.
¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ (∑§fl‹ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∞fl¥ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§ ∑§Ê«U ÿÊ ‚¥ÅÿÊ ◊¥
Á÷ãŸÃÊ ∑§Ë ÁSÕÁÃ ∑§Ê ¿UÊ«∏∑§⁄U) ŒÍ‚⁄UË ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ©¬‹éœ Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÊÿË
5. The candidates will write the correct Test Booklet Code and Number as ¡Ê∞ªË–
given in the Test Booklet/Answer Sheet in the Attendance Sheet.
5. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê/©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê«U fl ‚¥ÅÿÊ ∑§Ê
6. A machine will read the coded information in the OMR Answer Sheet. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ‚„Ë Ã⁄UË∑§ ‚ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ-¬òÊ ◊¥ Á‹π¥–
Hence, no information should be left incomplete and it should not be different
6. OMR ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ◊¥ ∑§ÊÁ«UÃ ¡ÊŸ∑§Ê⁄UË ∑§Ê ∞∑§ ◊‡ÊËŸ ¬…∏ªË– ß‚Á‹∞ ∑§Êß¸
from the information given in the Admit Card.
÷Ë ‚ÍøŸÊ •œÍ⁄UË Ÿ ¿UÊ«∏¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ„ ¬˝fl‡Ê-¬òÊ ◊¥ ŒË ªß¸ ‚ÍøŸÊ ‚ Á÷ãŸ Ÿ„Ë¥
7. Candidates are not allowed to carry any textual material, printed or written, „ÊŸË øÊÁ„∞–
bits of papers, pager, mobile phone, electronic device or any other material
except the Admit Card inside the examination hall/room. 7. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ mÊ⁄UÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹/∑§ˇÊ ◊¥ ¬˝fl‡Ê-¬òÊ ∑§ Á‚flÊÿ Á∑§‚Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë
¬Ê∆K-‚Ê◊ª˝Ë, ◊ÈÁŒ˝Ã ÿÊ „SÃÁ‹ÁπÃ, ∑§Êª$¡ ∑§Ë ¬Áø¸ÿÊ°, ¬¡⁄U, ◊Ê’Êß‹
8. Mobile phones, wireless communication devices (even in switched off
»§ÊŸ, ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§ ©¬∑§⁄UáÊ ÿÊ Á∑§‚Ë •ãÿ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ‚Ê◊ª˝Ë ∑§Ê ‹ ¡ÊŸ ÿÊ
mode) and the other banned items should not be brought in the examination
halls/rooms. Failing to comply with this instruction, it will be considered as
©¬ÿÊª ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ë •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ Ÿ„Ë¥ „Ò–
using unfair means in the examination and action will be taken against the 8. ◊Ê’Êß‹ »§ÊŸ, ’ÃÊ⁄U ‚¥øÊ⁄U ÿÈÁÄÃÿÊ° (ÁSflø •ÊÚ»§ •flSÕÊ ◊¥ ÷Ë) •ÊÒ⁄U •ãÿ
candidate including cancellation of examination. ¬˝ÁÃ’¥ÁœÃ flSÃÈ∞° ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹/∑§ˇÊ ◊¥ Ÿ„Ë¥ ‹Êß¸ ¡ÊŸË øÊÁ„∞– ß‚ ‚ÍøŸÊ ∑§Ê
9. Each candidate must show on demand his/her Admit Card to the Invigilator. ¬Ê‹Ÿ Ÿ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ◊¥ •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ◊ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ •ÊÒ⁄U
¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ÁflL§h ∑§Êÿ¸flÊ„Ë ∑§Ë ¡Ê∞ªË, ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ⁄Ug ∑§⁄UŸ ‚Á„Ã–
10. No candidate, without special permission of the Centre Superintendent or
Invigilator, should leave his/her seat. 9. ¬Í¿U ¡ÊŸ ¬⁄U ¬˝àÿ∑§ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸, ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •¬ŸÊ ¬˝fl‡Ê-¬òÊ ÁŒπÊ∞°–
10. ∑§ãŒ˝ •œËˇÊ∑§ ÿÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ë Áfl‡Ê· •ŸÈ◊ÁÃ ∑§ Á’ŸÊ ∑§Êß¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸
11. The candidates should not leave the Examination Hall/Room without handing
over their Answer Sheet to the Invigilator on duty and sign the Attendance
•¬ŸÊ SÕÊŸ Ÿ ¿UÊ«∏¥–
Sheet twice. Cases where candidate has not signed the Attendance Sheet 11. ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§ ∑§Ê •¬ŸÊ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŒ∞ Á’ŸÊ ∞fl¥ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ-¬òÊ ¬⁄U ŒÈ’Ê⁄UÊ
second time will be deemed not to have handed over the Answer Sheet and „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Á∑§∞ Á’ŸÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹/∑§ˇÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ¿UÊ«∏¥ª– ÿÁŒ Á∑§‚Ë
dealt with as an unfair means case. The candidates are also required to ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ Ÿ ŒÍ‚⁄UË ’Ê⁄U ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ-¬òÊ ¬⁄U „SÃÊˇÊ⁄U Ÿ„Ë¥ Á∑§∞, ÃÊ ÿ„ ◊ÊŸÊ
put their left hand THUMB impression in the space provided in the ¡Ê∞ªÊ Á∑§ ©‚Ÿ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ Ÿ„Ë¥ ‹ÊÒ≈UÊÿÊ „Ò •ÊÒ⁄U ÿ„ •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸ ∑§Ê
Attendance Sheet.
◊Ê◊‹Ê ◊ÊŸÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ’Ê∞° „ÊÕ ∑§ •¥ªÍ∆U ∑§Ê ÁŸ‡ÊÊŸ ©¬ÁSÕÁÃ-
12. Use of Electronic/Manual Calculator is prohibited. ¬òÊ ◊¥ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ SÕÊŸ ¬⁄U •fl‡ÿ ‹ªÊ∞°–
13. The candidates are governed by all Rules and Regulations of the Examining 12. ß‹Ä≈˛UÊÚÁŸ∑§/„SÃøÊÁ‹Ã ¬Á⁄U∑§‹∑§ ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª flÁ¡¸Ã „Ò–
Body with regard to their conduct in the Examination Hall/Room. All cases 13. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ „ÊÚ‹/∑§ˇÊ ◊¥ •Êø⁄UáÊ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ ¬⁄UËˇÊáÊ ‚¥SÕÊ ∑§ ‚÷Ë
of unfair means will be dealt with as per Rules and Regulations of the ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∞fl¥ ÁflÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ mÊ⁄UÊ ÁŸÿÁ◊Ã „Ò¥– •ŸÈÁøÃ ‚ÊœŸÊ¥ ∑§ ‚÷Ë ◊Ê◊‹Ê¥ ∑§Ê
Examining Body.
»Ò§‚‹Ê ¬⁄UËˇÊáÊ ‚¥SÕÊ ∑§ ÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∞fl¥ ÁflÁŸÿ◊Ê¥ ∑§ •ŸÈ‚Ê⁄U „ÊªÊ–
14. No part of the Test Booklet and Answer Sheet shall be detached under any 14. Á∑§‚Ë ÷Ë ¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃ ◊¥ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê •ÊÒ⁄U ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ÷Êª •‹ª
circumstances.
Ÿ ∑§⁄¥U–
15. On completion of the test, the candidate must hand over the Answer 15. ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ‚ê¬ãŸ „ÊŸ ¬⁄U, ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ „ÊÚ‹/∑§ˇÊ ¿UÊ«∏Ÿ ‚ ¬Ífl¸ ©ûÊ⁄U ¬òÊ ÁŸ⁄UËˇÊ∑§
Sheet to the Invigilator in the Hall / Room. The candidates are
∑§Ê •fl‡ÿ ‚ÊÒ¥¬ Œ¥– ¬⁄UËˇÊÊÕË¸ •¬Ÿ ‚ÊÕ ß‚ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ¬ÈÁSÃ∑§Ê ∑§Ê ‹ ¡Ê ‚∑§Ã
allowed to take away this Test Booklet with them.
„Ò–¥

PHP 8 YBZKw

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHP 8 YBZKw

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHP 8 YBZKw

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CTET 2024

This content is not created or owned by Info Edge (India) Limited

2. Which of the following statements about adolescence is not correct ?

5. Jean Piaget believed that knowledge is :

6. In a progressive classroom assessment is :

11. Assertion (A) :

17. Which of the following describes a mastery goal orientation ?

22. Assertion (A) :

25. Assertion (A) :

27. Assertion (A) :

28. Which of the following characterise the process of socialization ?

33. One of the factors of p3x+p2(x−y)−p(y+z)−z is :

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

(1) 3108 (2) 2708 (3) 2508 (4) 1908

(1) 1.4 (2) 1.5 (3) 2.1 (4) 2.8

(a) Geogebra (b) Taylor’s abacus (c) Computer (d) Spreadsheet

Choose the correct option :

‚„Ë Áﬂ∑§À¬ øÈŸ¥ —

(m3 ◊¥) „Ò :  π = ∑§Ê ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§ËÁ¡∞ 

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

(1) ` 838.20 (2) ` 839.10 (3) ` 841.40 (4) ` 842.50

(1) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DEF, by RHS (2) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, by RHS

(3) ∆ABC ≅ ∆DFE, by AAS (4) ∆ABC ≅ ∆FED, by AAS

(1) 16 (2) 18 (3) 20 (4) 24

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

SPACE FOR ROUGH WORK / ⁄U»§ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§ Á‹∞ ¡ª„

∑§ ªÈáÊÊ¥∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿÊª „Ò —

59. Which of the following is not a dimension of assessment of mathematics learning ?

‚„Ë ∑§ÕŸ/∑§ÕŸÊ¥ ∑§Ë ¬„øÊŸ ∑§ËÁ¡∞ —

67. Read the following text :

ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ‹π ∑§Ê ¬Á…∏∞ —

69. Which of the following is NOT indicative of the hypothesising skill ?

70. Identify the correct statements from the following :

(1) Explain the concept of valence electrons and electronic configuration

(3) Define a chemical reaction and give examples

(1) Hens, lizards, butterflies (2) Lizards, butterflies, frogs

(3) Butterflies, frogs, fish (4) Frogs, fish, starfish

„Êß«˛UÊÄ‹ÊÁ⁄U∑§ •ê‹ ∑§Ê ‚ÍòÊ Ag

∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ë ß∑§Êß¸ (◊ÊòÊ∑§)

83. Which of the following statement(s) is correct ?

•Á÷∑§ÕŸ (A) ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê⁄UáÊ (R) ∑§Ê äÿÊŸ ‚ ¬…∏¥ —

36. Our solar family consists of following celestial bodies :

39. Read the statements (A) and (B) carefully :

Ã∑¸§ •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷∑§ÕŸ —

ÁŸêŸÁ‹ÁπÃ ◊¥ ‚ ﬂÊÿÈ◊¥«U‹ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê¥‡Ê ∑§ÊÒŸ ‚Ë ŒÊ ªÒ‚¥ „Ò¥?

49. Torrid Zone on Earth receives maximum heat as :

52. Read the assertion (A) and reason (R) carefully :

54. ‘Periyapuranam’, a Tamil work informs us about whom ?

55. What makes an object or substance a resource ?

(a) People do not use technology here.

(b) People are very hardworking here.

(c) Scientific methods of cultivation are used here.

(d) There is a lack of rainfall in this region.

Choose the correct option :

(a) ÿ„Ê° ‹Êª ¬˝ÊÒlÊÁª∑§Ë ∑§Ê ©¬ÿÊª Ÿ„Ë¥ ∑§⁄UÃ „Ò¥–

(b) ÿ„Ê° ‹Êª ’„ÈÃ ¬Á⁄UüÊ◊Ë „ÊÃ „Ò¥–